WO2023011187A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents
Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023011187A1 WO2023011187A1 PCT/CN2022/106793 CN2022106793W WO2023011187A1 WO 2023011187 A1 WO2023011187 A1 WO 2023011187A1 CN 2022106793 W CN2022106793 W CN 2022106793W WO 2023011187 A1 WO2023011187 A1 WO 2023011187A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- request message
- terminal device
- positioning
- configuration parameter
- configuration
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
- H04W72/51—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on terminal or device properties
Definitions
- the present application relates to the technical field of positioning, and in particular to a communication method and a communication device.
- the terminal device can request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal as needed. For example, the terminal device requests the network side to change the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal according to the positioning accuracy requirement or the positioning delay requirement. To this end, the network device will notify the terminal device of all supported resource configurations in advance.
- the network device will notify the terminal device of all supported resource configurations in advance.
- there are multiple configuration parameters for resource configuration and each configuration parameter has multiple values, and various configuration parameters with different values can be combined to form more sets of resource configurations. If the network device sends all resource configurations to the terminal device, the signaling overhead for sending the resource configuration is relatively large. In addition, more resources are required for sending all resource configurations.
- the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which are used to reduce the signaling overhead for a network-side device to notify a terminal-side device of the resource configuration of a positioning reference signal supported by the device.
- a first aspect provides a communication method that can be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
- the following description is made by taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example.
- the method includes:
- the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network side device (network device or location management device), and sends a first request message to the network device or location management device.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter used to configure the resource of the positioning reference signal, and a first value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes a first configuration parameter belonging to at least one configuration parameter.
- the network side device may indicate to the terminal device one or more configuration parameters used to configure resources of the positioning reference signal, and may also recommend values of these configuration parameters to the terminal device. Through a combination of one or more configuration parameters, the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal supported by the network side device can be indicated.
- Requesting one or more configuration parameters from the network side device by the terminal device is equivalent to requesting resource configuration associated with the one or more configuration parameters from the network side device. Since the data volume of multiple configuration parameters is much smaller than the data volume of multiple sets of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal obtained by combining the multiple configuration parameters. Therefore, compared with the network-side device notifying the terminal device of all supported resource configurations, the network device notifying the terminal device of the supported configuration parameters can reduce the signaling overhead for indicating the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal. In addition, when a terminal device requests resource configuration, it can request according to the smallest unit of configuration parameters, which is more flexible than requesting according to resource configuration.
- the first indication information is carried in auxiliary data.
- the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, or third information.
- first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set.
- the second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported.
- the third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
- the solution further provides a trigger condition for requesting each configuration parameter, so as to prevent the terminal device from sending unnecessary first request messages as much as possible, and reduce signaling overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
- the value set of each configuration parameter supported by the network device has an effective time, and the terminal device sends the first request message to the network device at a time other than the effective time of the first configuration parameter, and the network device cannot configure the terminal device with the second request message.
- a request message matching resource configuration Then, during the time except the valid time of the first configuration parameter, the terminal device does not need to send the first request message, which can reduce the signaling overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
- the first request message includes a second value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the terminal device may request the first configuration parameter within the value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device, so as to maximize the success rate of obtaining resources of the positioning reference signal.
- the first request message includes a second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is no intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the terminal device may request the first configuration parameter beyond the value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device. Therefore, it is applicable to a scenario where the value set of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function cannot meet the actual location requirement of the terminal device.
- the first request message includes a second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is an intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the terminal device can request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal matching the first configuration parameter within the value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device, or request Resource configuration of positioning reference signals matching the first configuration parameter is requested outside the set. It is not only applicable to the scenario where the value set of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function can meet the actual location requirements of the terminal device, but also applicable to the scenario where the value set of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function cannot Scenarios that meet the actual positioning requirements of terminal devices.
- the first request message includes fourth information.
- the fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
- the terminal device may request multiple value sets of a configuration parameter from the network side device.
- the network device may configure positioning reference signal resources for the terminal device in order of priority, so as to satisfy the request of the terminal device as much as possible.
- the multiple value sets of each terminal device can provide a reference for the network device to configure positioning reference signal resources for each terminal device. That is, the network device can combine multiple value sets respectively corresponding to multiple terminal devices to decide to configure reasonable positioning reference signal resources for each terminal device. For example, to try to meet the requirements of multiple terminal devices.
- the terminal device can acquire the resource of the positioning reference signal configured by the network device by sending the first request message once. That is, there is no need for the terminal device to send multiple first request messages, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of requesting resources for positioning reference signals.
- the first request message is further used to indicate priorities of multiple value sets.
- the first request information further includes fifth information, which may be used to indicate priorities of multiple value sets.
- the priority of multiple value sets can be indicated, which is more flexible.
- the method further includes: the terminal device sends a second request message to the location management device or the network device, where the second request message is used to query configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal.
- the terminal device may request in advance the configuration parameters supported by the network side, and/or request the value set of the configuration parameters supported by the network side.
- the network side sends the first indication information based on the request of the terminal device. That is, the network side can send supported configuration parameters as required without sending unnecessary first indication information, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
- the method further includes: the terminal device receives the first response message from the network device or the location management device. Depending on whether the network device is configured with a positioning reference signal that satisfies the first request message, the implementation form of the first response message is different.
- the first response message includes the first resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter satisfies the first request message.
- the network device may send the first resource configuration to the terminal device. That is, the network device configures the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal for the terminal device, and the terminal device sends the positioning reference signal according to the resource configuration, so as to perform subsequent positioning.
- the first response message includes the second resource configuration and error indication of the positioning reference signal.
- the second resource configuration includes the first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter is different from the value of the first configuration parameter in the first request message.
- the error indication is used to indicate that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message.
- the network device may send the second resource configuration and an error indication to the terminal device.
- the value of the first configuration parameter in the second resource configuration is not the value requested by the terminal device. In this case, the network device further informs the terminal device that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message.
- the terminal device may send the positioning reference signal according to the second resource configuration, so as to perform subsequent positioning, so as to reduce the positioning delay.
- the terminal device may re-request the network device for the first configuration parameter with other values according to the error indication, so as to meet the positioning requirement as much as possible.
- the first response message is used to indicate that the first request message cannot be satisfied.
- the network device may notify the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can avoid sending the first request message frequently, thereby reducing signaling overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
- a communication method which can be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
- the following description is made by taking the communication device as a network device as an example.
- the method includes:
- the network device sends the first indication information, and receives the first request message from the location management device.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter used to configure the resource of the positioning reference signal, and a first value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter.
- the first request message is used to request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal, the first request message includes a first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter belongs to at least one configuration parameter.
- the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, and third information.
- first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set.
- the second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported.
- the third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
- the first request message includes a second value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes fourth information.
- the fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
- the method further includes: the network device receives the second request message from the location management device.
- the second request message is used to request configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal.
- the method further includes: the network device sending a first response message to the terminal device.
- the first response message includes a first resource configuration of the positioning reference signal, and the first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and a value of the first configuration parameter satisfies the first request message.
- the first response message includes a second resource configuration and an error indication of the positioning reference signal, the second resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter is the same as the value of the first configuration parameter in the first request message different.
- the error indication is used to indicate that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message.
- the first response message is used to indicate that the first request message cannot be satisfied.
- a communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a third communication device.
- the third communication device can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
- the following description is made by taking the communication device as a location management device as an example.
- the method includes:
- the location management device sends first indication information to the terminal device, and receives a first request message from the terminal device.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter used to configure the resource of the positioning reference signal, and a first value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter.
- the first request message is used to request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal, the first request message includes a first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter belongs to at least one configuration parameter.
- the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, and third information.
- first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set.
- the second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported.
- the third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
- the first request message includes a second value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes fourth information.
- the fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
- the method further includes: the location management device sends a second request message to the network device.
- the second request message is used to request configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal.
- the method further includes: the location management device sends a first response message to the terminal device.
- the first response message includes a first resource configuration of the positioning reference signal, and the first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and a value of the first configuration parameter satisfies the first request message.
- the first response message includes a second resource configuration and an error indication of the positioning reference signal, the second resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter is the same as the value of the first configuration parameter in the first request message different.
- the error indication is used to indicate that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message.
- the first response message is used to indicate that the first request message cannot be satisfied.
- a fourth aspect provides a communication method that can be executed by a first communication device.
- the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
- the following description is made by taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example.
- the method includes:
- the terminal device receives the third indication information from the network device or the location management function, and sends a fourth request message to the location management device.
- the third indication information includes one or more pieces of identification information, and one piece of identification information is used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal.
- the fourth request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the network-side device notifies the terminal device of the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal supported by the network-side device in the form of identification information of the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal. Compared with all resource configurations in which the network side equipment sends the positioning reference signal to the terminal equipment, the signaling overhead is reduced.
- different positioning reference signal resource configurations may be configured according to positioning differences. While reducing the signaling overhead, the actual requirements of each terminal device can be better met.
- resource configurations corresponding to different positioning methods may be different, that is, identification information corresponding to different positioning methods may be different. It can be understood that a positioning method may correspond to at least one piece of identification information, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods may be partly or completely different.
- the identification information corresponding to different radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) states of the terminal device may be different. It can be understood that one RRC state may correspond to at least one piece of identification information, and the identification information corresponding to different RRC states may be partially or completely different.
- RRC radio resource control
- resource configurations corresponding to different positioning requirements may be different, that is, identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements may be different.
- a positioning requirement may correspond to at least one identification information, and identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements may be partly or completely different.
- the positioning requirements may include one or more of the following: positioning accuracy, positioning delay, power consumption of terminal equipment, positioning reliability, or positioning reliability.
- the fourth request message includes the first identification information.
- the first identification information is different according to the differentiation of terminal device positioning.
- the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method.
- the first positioning method is the positioning method currently used by the terminal device.
- the network device configures matching identification information for the terminal device according to the positioning method of the terminal device, so as to meet the resource configuration required by the positioning method of the terminal device.
- the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device.
- the network device configures matching identification information for the terminal device according to the RRC state of the terminal device, so as to configure resource configuration matching the RRC state of the terminal device for the terminal device.
- the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement.
- the network device configures matching identification information for the terminal device according to the positioning requirement of the terminal device, so as to meet the actual positioning requirement of the terminal device.
- communication can be performed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
- the communication device as a network device as an example.
- the method includes:
- the network device sends third indication information, and receives a fourth request message from the location management device.
- the third indication information includes one or more pieces of identification information, and one piece of identification information is used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal.
- the fourth request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the fourth request message includes the first identification information.
- the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method.
- the first positioning method is a positioning method currently used by the terminal device, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods is partially or completely different.
- the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device.
- the identification information corresponding to different RRC states is partly or completely different.
- the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement of the terminal device, and part or all of the identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements is different.
- a sixth aspect provides a communication method that can be executed by a third communication device.
- the third communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
- the following description is made by taking the communication device as a location management device as an example.
- the method includes:
- the location management device sends third indication information, and receives a fourth request message from the terminal device.
- the third indication information includes one or more pieces of identification information, and one piece of identification information is used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal.
- the first request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the fourth request message includes the first identification information.
- the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method.
- the first positioning method is a positioning method currently used by the terminal device, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods is partially or completely different.
- the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device.
- the identification information corresponding to different RRC states is partly or completely different.
- the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement of the terminal device, and part or all of the identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements is different.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device has the function of realizing the behavior in the method example of the first aspect or the fourth aspect above, and the beneficial effect can refer to the description of the first aspect or the fourth aspect I won't repeat them here.
- the communication device may be the terminal device in the first aspect or the fourth aspect, or the communication device may be capable of supporting the terminal device in the first aspect or the fourth aspect to implement the method provided by the first aspect or the fourth aspect
- a functional device such as a chip or system-on-a-chip.
- the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for performing the method of the first aspect or the fourth aspect.
- the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also called a processing module) and/or a transceiver unit (sometimes also called a transceiver module).
- a processing unit sometimes also called a processing module
- a transceiver unit sometimes also called a transceiver module.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device has the function of realizing the behavior in the method example of the second aspect or the fifth aspect above, and the beneficial effect can refer to the description of the second aspect or the fifth aspect I won't repeat them here.
- the communication device may be the network device in the second aspect or the fifth aspect, or the communication device may be capable of supporting the network device in the second aspect or the fifth aspect to implement the method provided by the second aspect or the fifth aspect
- a functional device such as a chip or system-on-a-chip.
- the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for performing the method of the second aspect or the fifth aspect.
- the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also called a processing module) and/or a transceiver unit (sometimes also called a transceiver module).
- a processing unit sometimes also called a processing module
- a transceiver unit sometimes also called a transceiver module.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device has the function of realizing the behavior in the method example of the third aspect or the sixth aspect, and the beneficial effect can refer to the description of the third aspect or the sixth aspect I won't repeat them here.
- the communication device may be the location management device in the third aspect or the sixth aspect, or the communication device may be capable of supporting the location management device in the third aspect or the sixth aspect to implement the method provided in the third aspect or the sixth aspect
- a device such as a chip or a system-on-a-chip, that performs the desired function.
- the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for performing the method of the third aspect or the sixth aspect.
- the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also called a processing module) and/or a transceiver unit (sometimes also called a transceiver module).
- a processing unit sometimes also called a processing module
- a transceiver unit sometimes also called a transceiver module.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be the communication device in the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, or the ninth aspect in the above embodiments, or the communication device set in the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect Or the chip or chip system in the communication device in the ninth aspect.
- the communication device includes a communication interface, a processor, and optionally, a memory.
- the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions or data
- the processor is coupled with the memory and the communication interface, and when the processor reads the computer programs or instructions or data, the communication device executes the method described above in the embodiment of the terminal device Or a method implemented by a network device or LMF.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes an input and output interface and a logic circuit.
- the input and output interfaces are used to input and/or output information.
- the logic circuit is used to execute the method described in the first aspect, or the logic circuit is used to execute the method described in the second aspect, or the logic circuit is used to execute the method described in the third aspect.
- the logic circuit is used to perform the method described in the fourth aspect, or the logic circuit is used to perform the method described in the fifth aspect, or the logic circuit is used to perform the method described in the sixth aspect.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system
- the chip system includes a processor, and may also include a memory and/or a communication interface, for implementing the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect.
- the chip system further includes a memory, configured to store program instructions and/or data.
- the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system
- the chip system includes a processor, and may also include a memory and/or a communication interface, for implementing the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, or the sixth aspect.
- the chip system further includes a memory, configured to store program instructions and/or data.
- the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system
- the communication system includes the communication device for implementing the method in the first aspect in the seventh aspect, and the communication device for implementing the method in the second aspect in the eighth aspect.
- the communication device and the communication device in the ninth aspect for implementing the method in the third aspect.
- the communication system includes the communication device used to implement the method in the fourth aspect in the seventh aspect, the communication device used to implement the method in the fifth aspect in the eighth aspect, and the communication device used in the ninth aspect to implement the method in the sixth aspect. method of communication.
- the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed, any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects can be realized Methods.
- a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method in any one of the above first to sixth aspects be executed.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic flow diagram of a terminal device and an LMF requesting resource configuration of a downlink positioning reference signal on demand;
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a positioning architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 3 is a network architecture diagram of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 4 is a network architecture diagram of another communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is a network architecture diagram of another communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a first communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic flow diagram of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 9 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 11 is another schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal equipment can be user equipment (user equipment, UE), sometimes also referred to as terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication equipment, or user device, etc.
- a terminal device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, which can send signals to or receive signals from network devices.
- the terminal device is used to connect people, things, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, including but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D), car-to-everything (vehicle to everything, V2X), machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC), Internet of things (Internet of things, IoT), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) , augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), industrial control (industrial control), unmanned driving (self driving), telemedicine (remote medical), smart grid (smart grid), smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation , Terminal equipment for smart cities, drones, robots and other scenarios.
- cellular communication device-to-device communication
- D2D device-to-device, D2D
- car-to-everything vehicle to everything
- V2X machine-to-machine/mach
- the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal , wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, smart speakers in IoT networks, wireless terminal devices in telemedicine, wireless terminal devices in smart grids, and transportation safety Wireless terminal equipment, wireless terminal equipment in a smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in a smart home, etc.
- the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc., which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes wait.
- Terminal devices may also include relays. Or it can be understood that all devices capable of performing data communication with the base station can be regarded as terminal devices.
- a terminal device may refer to a device for implementing a terminal function, or may be a device capable of supporting a terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device.
- the terminal can also be a vehicle detector.
- the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
- the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the terminal equipment as an example for realizing the terminal functions.
- a network device is an access device for a terminal device to access the mobile communication system through wireless means, including an access network (access network, AN) device, such as a base station.
- a network device may also refer to a device that communicates with a terminal device over an air interface.
- the network equipment may include an evolved base station (evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or an advanced long term evolution (long term evolution-advanced, LTE-A), which may be referred to as eNB or e-NodeB).
- An eNB is a device deployed in a radio access network that meets the standards of the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the fourth generation, 4G) and provides wireless communication functions for terminal equipment.
- the network device can also be a new wireless controller (new radio controller, NR controller), it can be a (gNode B, gNB) in the 5G system, it can be a centralized network element (centralized unit), it can be a new wireless base station, it can be a
- the radio remote module can be a micro base station (also called a small station), a relay, a distributed unit, various forms of macro base stations, or a transmission and receiving point (transmission reception point, TRP), transmission measurement function (transmission measurement function, TMF) or transmission point (transmission point, TP) or any other wireless access device, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
- the network equipment may also include a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller, BSC), a base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), a home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
- RNC radio network controller
- RNC radio network controller
- Node B Node B
- BSC base station controller
- base transceiver station base transceiver station
- BTS home base station
- base station for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB
- base band unit base band unit
- BBU wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the network
- the base station in this embodiment of the present application may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU.
- CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer functions of the wireless network they have. For example, the functions of the packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer and the protocol layer above are set in the protocol layer below the CU and PDCP, such as the wireless link Functions such as the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer and the medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer are set in the DU.
- packet data convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol
- RLC radio link control
- MAC medium access control
- the radio frequency device can be remote, not placed in the DU, or integrated in the DU, or partially remote and partially integrated in the DU, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the control plane (control plan, CP) and the user plane (user plan, UP) of the CU can also be separated and divided into different entities for implementation, respectively being the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) And user plane CU entity (CU-UP entity).
- the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the terminal device through the DU, or the signaling generated by the UE can be sent to the CU through the DU.
- the DU can directly transmit the signaling to the UE or CU through protocol layer encapsulation without parsing the signaling.
- the CU is divided into network devices on the radio access network (radio access network, RAN) side.
- the CU can also be divided into network devices on the core network (core network, CN) side. This is not limited.
- the location management device has a location function.
- the location management device involved in the embodiment of the present application may include a location management function (location management function, LMF) or a location management component (location management component, LMC), or may be a local location management function (local location management function) located in a network device , LLMF), which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- LMF location management function
- LMC location management component
- LMF local location management function located in a network device
- Positioning method according to the source of the positioning reference signal (positioning reference signal, PRS), the positioning method is divided into the following three categories: downlink positioning method, uplink positioning method and uplink and downlink joint positioning method. It should be noted that the uplink and downlink are relative terms. If the transmission direction from the network device to the terminal device is downlink (this article takes this as an example), then the transmission direction from the terminal device to the network device is uplink. On the contrary, if the transmission direction from the network device to the terminal device is uplink, then the transmission direction from the terminal device to the network device is downlink.
- the terminal device measures the downlink positioning reference signal (DL-PRS) sent by the network side.
- the terminal device estimates the position of the terminal device according to the measurement result, and realizes downlink positioning.
- DL-PRS downlink positioning reference signal
- the network device measures an uplink positioning reference signal (uplink positioning reference signal, UL-PRS) sent by the terminal device.
- the network device estimates the location of the terminal device based on the measurement results to realize uplink positioning.
- the uplink positioning reference signal may be a sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), or other reference signals that can be used for uplink measurement. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
- the network device measures the uplink positioning signal from the terminal device, and the terminal device measures the downlink positioning reference signal from the network device.
- the location of the terminal device is estimated based on the measurements of the network device and the measurements of the terminal device.
- the positioning frequency layer which may be referred to as the frequency layer (frequency layer, FL) for short, refers to a set of downlink positioning reference signal resource sets of TRPs with one or more of the following characteristics: the same subcarrier Interval (sub-carrier space, SCS), the same cyclic prefix (cyclic prefix, CP) type, the same center frequency, the same Point A, and the same PRS bandwidth and starting physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB) .
- Point A refers to the common reference point of the entire resource. Point A is the center frequency of the lowest initial subcarrier (subcarrier 0) of the lowest common resource block (common resource block 0, CRB0) of the NR carrier, that is, the lowest boundary of the frequency domain.
- Positioning assistance information information used to assist in positioning the position of the terminal device.
- the positioning assistance information may include a cell index that the terminal device needs to measure, such as a cell index of a neighboring cell and/or a cell index of a reference cell.
- the positioning assistance information may also include configuration information of the positioning reference signal and the like.
- the terminal device can request positioning assistance information from the LMF, and the LMF provides assistance data (provide assistance data) through LTE positioning protocol (LPP) signaling to send positioning assistance information to the terminal device.
- LPF LTE positioning protocol
- the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal can be understood as configuring one or more configuration parameters for the positioning reference signal.
- One or more sets of resource configurations can be indicated by a combination of one or more configuration parameters. It can be understood that there are multiple configuration parameters for resource configuration, and each configuration parameter may also have multiple values, and various configuration parameters with different values may be combined to form multiple sets of resource configurations.
- the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal is taken as an example. Please refer to Table 1, which shows some typical configuration parameters of the downlink positioning reference signal, and a value set of each typical parameter.
- the configuration parameters may include PFL, TRP, downlink positioning reference signal resource set and downlink positioning reference signal resource in Table 1.
- PFL has 4 index values, and each PFL corresponds to 64 TRP index values.
- Each TRP corresponds to 8 downlink positioning reference signal resource set index values.
- Each downlink positioning reference signal resource set corresponds to 64 downlink positioning reference signal resource index values.
- Table 1 is only an example, listing some configuration parameters of the downlink positioning reference signal.
- the network device may indicate each configured configuration parameter through an index characterizing each configured parameter, that is, indicate the configured resource configuration of one or more sets of downlink positioning reference signals.
- At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
- “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
- the character "/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or” relationship.
- "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these more than ten items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
- first and second are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance.
- first request message and the second request message are only used to distinguish different request messages, and do not represent the difference in content, priority, sending order, or importance of the two request messages.
- the terminal device may request the network side to change the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal according to its own positioning requirements.
- the resource configuration currently used by the terminal device does not meet the positioning delay requirement, and the terminal device can request the network side to change the configuration such as the cycle and transmission interval of the positioning reference signal according to the positioning delay requirement.
- the resource configuration currently used by the terminal device does not meet the positioning accuracy requirements, and the terminal device may request the network side to change configurations such as the bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and the number of TRPs according to the positioning accuracy requirements.
- the downlink positioning reference signal is taken as an example.
- One way (for example, referred to as the first way) is that the terminal device requests resource configuration of a downlink positioning reference signal (UE-initiated on-demand DL-PRS) on demand.
- Another way (for example called the second way) is that the LMF requests resource configuration of a downlink positioning reference signal (LMF-initiated on-demand DL-PRS) on demand.
- LMF-initiated on-demand DL-PRS resource configuration of a downlink positioning reference signal
- FIG. 1 is a schematic flow diagram of requesting resource allocation of downlink positioning reference signals on demand by a terminal device and an LMF.
- the process of requesting the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal on demand mainly includes the following steps:
- the terminal device sends a first resource request message to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the first resource request message.
- the first resource request message may be used to request resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal.
- the first resource request message may include configuration parameters desired by the terminal device according to requirements. It can also be understood that the first resource request message is used to recommend configuration parameters of the downlink positioning reference signal to the LMF.
- the first resource request message may include one or more of the following: a positioning reference signal pattern (PRS pattern), a positioning reference signal resource bandwidth, a positioning reference signal resource period, or a positioning reference signal resource identifier.
- PRS pattern positioning reference signal pattern
- the LMF may refer to the configuration parameters included in the first resource request message, and directly or indirectly determine the resource configuration configured by the terminal device for sending the downlink positioning reference signal.
- the network device can support or allow at least one set of resource configurations among the multiple sets of resource configurations, but the terminal device does not know which set or sets of resource configurations are supported by the network device. If the first resource request message sent by the terminal device to the network device includes a resource configuration not supported by the network side, it is an invalid request, which will additionally increase signaling overhead and cause waste of resources.
- LMF does not know which set or sets of resource configurations network devices support.
- the LMF and the network device may perform signaling interactions multiple times to determine the resource configuration supported by the network device. For example, the LMF requests the resource configuration supported by the network device from the network device. In response to the request, the network device sends the resource configuration supported by the network device to the LMF.
- the LMF sends a second resource request message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second resource request message.
- the second resource request message is used to request resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal.
- the LMF requests to obtain the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal. For example, the LMF may send a second resource request message to the network device (serving base station), so as to acquire the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal.
- the second resource request message may include some configuration parameters desired (expected) by the terminal device.
- the LMF can determine whether the network device supports the configuration parameters desired by the terminal device. If the network device supports the configuration parameters expected by the terminal device, the LMF may send a second resource request message to the network device. The network device may configure resources for sending the downlink positioning reference signal for the terminal device according to the configuration parameters included in the second resource request message.
- the configuration parameters included in the second resource request message are desired by the terminal device, it can be considered that the configuration parameters included in the second resource request message are recommended to the network device, and the network device configures the terminal device for sending downlink positioning based on these configuration parameters.
- Resources for reference signals may include one or more of a positioning reference signal pattern (PRS pattern), a positioning reference signal resource bandwidth, a positioning reference signal resource period, or a positioning reference signal resource identifier.
- S102 and S101b are not limited. That is, S102 may be performed before S101b, or may be performed after S101b.
- the network device sends the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal in a broadcast manner.
- the LMF receives a request from the terminal device for resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal, and the LMF may send a trigger indication to the network device, so as to trigger the network device to send the resource configuration to the terminal device. It can be understood that, after receiving the trigger indication of the LMF, the network device may broadcast the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal. For example, the network device broadcasts system information, where the system information includes the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal.
- the LMF sends the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal to the terminal device.
- the LMF may also send the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal to the terminal device in response to the request.
- S103 and S104 must be executed. That is, when S103 is executed, S104 may not be executed; or, when S104 is executed, S103 may not be executed. In the case that both S103 and S104 are executed, S103 may be executed before S104, or may be executed after S104.
- the first way may include S101a, S102 and S103 (or S104); or, the first way may include S101a, S102, S103 and S104.
- the second manner may include S101b, S102, and S103 (or S104); or, the second manner may include S101b, S102, S103, and S104.
- the terminal device In order to let the terminal device know in advance the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal supported by the network side, so that the terminal device can request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal from the network device as needed.
- the network device will notify the terminal device of some or all of the supported resource configurations in advance, so as to minimize the sending of unnecessary first resource request messages by the terminal device.
- Existing protocols support network devices or LMFs to provide assistance data (provide assistance data) to send positioning assistance information to terminal devices.
- the network device or the LMF may also send the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal to the terminal device in the form of assistance data.
- the network device or the LMF may also send the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal to the terminal device in other messages or other forms, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- configuration parameters include PRS resource set ID, resource bandwidth, resource period, and resource set time slot offset.
- PRS resource set ID has 8 possible values
- resource bandwidth has 63 possible values
- resource period has 20 possible values
- resource set time slot offset has 81920 possible values
- the auxiliary data sent by the network device or the LMF to the terminal device includes at least 825,753,600 sets of resource configurations.
- the signaling overhead for sending the auxiliary data is large, and the resources required for sending the auxiliary data are also large.
- receiving so many sets of resource configurations by the terminal device will also increase power consumption.
- the storage of multiple sets of resource configurations received by the terminal device requires a larger storage space, that is, the requirement for the storage space of the terminal device is relatively high.
- the network side device may recommend to the terminal device one or more configuration parameters of resources for sending positioning reference signals, and may also recommend a value set of these configuration parameters to the terminal device.
- the network side device can indicate one or more sets of resource configurations of positioning reference signals supported by the network side device.
- the terminal device requests the network side for one or more configuration parameters, which is equivalent to the terminal device requesting the network side for resource configuration associated with the one or more configuration parameters. It should be understood that the data volume of multiple sets of resource configurations of positioning reference signals obtained by combining multiple configuration parameters is greater than the data volume of these multiple configuration parameters.
- the network device notifying the terminal device of the supported configuration parameters can reduce the signaling overhead for indicating the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the network side device may include a network device or a location management device.
- the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: LTE system, 5G system, such as a new radio (new radio, NR) system, or a next-generation communication system, such as a 6G system.
- LTE system Long Term Evolution
- 5G system such as a new radio (new radio, NR) system
- NR new radio
- 6G system next-generation communication system
- the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to other communication systems, as long as the communication system has a positioning requirement for the terminal.
- the communication system can also be applied to future-oriented communication technologies.
- the system described in the embodiment of this application is to illustrate the technical solution of the embodiment of the application more clearly, and does not constitute a reference to the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the application.
- those of ordinary skill in the art know that, with the evolution of the network architecture, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a positioning architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- the network elements/modules involved mainly include a next generation radio access network (next generation radio access network, NG RAN), There are three parts: terminal equipment and core network.
- the core network includes LMF, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), service location protocol (service location protocol, SLP) and evolved serving mobile location center (Evolved serving mobile location center, E-SMLC )wait.
- the location server is the location management function (location management function, LMF) connected to the AMF, and the LMF and AMF are connected through the NLs interface.
- the LMF is responsible for supporting different types of location services related to the terminal, including positioning the terminal and delivering assistance data to the terminal.
- AMF can receive terminal-related location service requests from 5th generation core network location services (5GC LCS) entities, or AMF itself can initiate some location services on behalf of specific terminals and forward location service requests to LMF. After obtaining the location information returned by the terminal, return the relevant location information to the 5GC LCS entity.
- 5GC LCS 5th generation core network location services
- the NG RAN may include a next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), a next generation evolved base station (next generation evolved nodeB, ng-eNB) or a future evolved network node, etc.
- the gNB and ng-eNB are connected through the Xn interface, and the LMF and ng-eNB/gNB are connected through the NG-C interface.
- FIG. 2 is an exemplary illustration of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application, and does not specifically limit the type, quantity, and connection mode of network elements included in the communication system applicable to the present application.
- FIG. 3 shows a network architecture of a communication system to which this embodiment of the present application applies, and the communication system includes a core network, an NG-RAN, and a terminal.
- the core network includes network elements/modules such as LMF, AMF, secure user plane location (secure user plane location, SUPL) location platform (SUPL location platform, SLP) and enhanced serving mobile location center (E-SMLC)
- NG RAN includes network elements/modules such as gNB and ng-eNB, among which the specific functions of network elements/modules such as LMF, AMF, SLP, E-SMLC, gNB and ng-eNB, and the connection relationship between each network element/module You can refer to the introduction of the relevant part in FIG. 2 above, and details will not be repeated here.
- LMC is added to NG-RAN, and the specific deployment method of LMC is to set it inside the base station, such as setting it in gNB or ng-ENB.
- the LMC is an internal function of the base station, so there is no need to introduce a new interface.
- FIG. 4 shows a network architecture of another communication system to which the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
- the communication system also includes a core network, NG-RAN, and terminals.
- the LMC in the network architecture shown in Figure 4 acts as an independent logical node in the NG-RAN and is connected to the base station through a new interface.
- the LMC communicates with the gNB- The CUs are connected.
- Figure 5 shows the network architecture of another communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
- the communication system also includes the core network, NG-RAN and terminals, and the LMC acts as an independent logic in the NG-RAN Node, different from Figure 4 is that the LMC can be connected to multiple base stations at the same time through the new interface as shown in Figure 5 .
- FIG. 5 takes an example in which the LMC is connected to two base stations at the same time, and the LMC can also be connected to more base stations during specific implementation.
- Fig. 2-Fig. 5 is an exemplary description of the communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application, and does not specifically limit the type, quantity, connection mode, etc. of the network elements included in the communication system applicable to the present application.
- the network element/module indicated by the dotted line in Figure 2- Figure 5 is not essential, but optional, for example, E-SMLC or SLP is not essential; or, the network element/module indicated by the dotted line is another Existing forms, such as gNB or ng-eNB are also called TRP in some embodiments, and terminal devices are called secure user plane location (secure user plane location, SUPL) enabled terminal (SUPL enabled terminal, SET) in some embodiments.
- SUPL secure user plane location
- SUPL secure user plane location
- SUPL secure user plane location
- SET secure terminal
- the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the positioning of the terminal device.
- uplink positioning downlink positioning, and uplink and downlink positioning.
- uplink and downlink are relative terms here. If the transmission direction from the network device to the terminal device is downlink (this article takes this as an example), then the transmission direction from the terminal device to the network device is uplink; on the contrary, if the network The transmission direction from the device to the terminal device is uplink, then the transmission direction from the terminal device to the network device is downlink.
- FIG. 6 is a flow chart of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- the method may be executed by three communication devices, such as a first communication device, a second communication device and a third communication device.
- the method is executed by network equipment, terminal equipment and location management equipment as an example, that is, the first communication device is a network device, the second communication device is a terminal device, and the third communication device is a location management device. Take management devices as an example. It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application only takes the communication system in FIG. 2-FIG.
- the location management device is an LMF network element as an example. It should be understood that in future communications such as 6G, the location management device may still be an LMF network element or have other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the network device may be a network device currently serving the terminal device.
- the network device may be a device in NG RAN, such as gNB, ng-eNB.
- the network device may be an LMC. As mentioned above, if the LMC functions as a function inside the network device, then the network device is the network device where the LMC is located.
- the LMC acts as an independent logical node and is connected to a network device or multiple network devices through an interface
- the network device is any network device connected to the LMC.
- the following uses the application of the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application to downlink positioning as an example.
- the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter and value sets respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter.
- the first indication information may be used to indicate at least one configuration parameter of the PRS resource configuration, and a value set corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter.
- the at least one configuration parameter of the PRS resource configuration is at least one configuration parameter for configuring the PRS resource.
- Various configuration parameters with different values can be combined to form more sets of PRS resource configurations. That is, the network device indicates the PRS resource configuration supported by the network device by indicating (or recommending or suggesting) the configuration parameters supported by the network device and the corresponding value set (range) to the terminal device. It can also be understood that the network device indicates (or recommends or suggests) to the terminal device the PRS resource configuration that the terminal device can initiate a request on demand.
- the network device supports the resource period of the first value and the time slot offset of the second value, then the network device supports a resource period configured by the resource period of the first value and/or the time slot offset of the second value.
- One or more sets of PRS resource configurations are smaller than the data volume of multiple sets of PRS resource configuration obtained by combining these multiple configuration parameters. Therefore, compared with sending all sets of PRS resource configurations by the network side device, the network side device sends the configuration parameters for configuring the PRS resources, which reduces the signaling overhead for indicating the PRS resource configuration.
- the configuration parameters used to configure the positioning reference signal are variable, for example, the types of configuration parameters are variable, and the value of each configuration parameter may also be variable.
- the terminal device may request PRS resource configuration according to the granularity of configuration parameters, which is more flexible than the terminal device requesting PRS resource configuration according to the granularity of resource configuration.
- the first indication information may be used as positioning assistance information and sent to the terminal device in the form of assistance data (assistance data). That is, when the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, it may be considered that the network device sends auxiliary data to the terminal device, and the auxiliary data may include the first indication information, or the auxiliary data may include content indicated by the first indication information.
- assistance data assistance data
- the first indication information may include at least one configuration parameter of PRS resource configuration.
- the value set of each configuration parameter in at least one configuration parameter includes all possible values.
- the configuration parameter is the resource bandwidth in Table 1
- the resource bandwidth value set includes 63 possible values in Table 1.
- the corresponding relationship between at least one configuration parameter and the value set of each configuration parameter can be preset or preconfigured.
- the corresponding relationship is represented by Table 2 similar to the aforementioned Table 1.
- This table 2 includes multiple configuration parameters supported by the network device, and all possible values corresponding to the multiple configuration parameters.
- the terminal device can determine value sets corresponding to at least one configuration parameter. It should be noted that Table 2 is used as an example, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the types of configuration parameters included in Table 2, nor does it limit the values included in the value sets of each configuration parameter.
- the first indication information may include at least one configuration parameter of PRS resource configuration, and a value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter.
- the value set corresponding to each configuration parameter may include some possible values or all possible values.
- the configuration parameter is the resource bandwidth in Table 1
- the resource bandwidth value set may include some or all of the 63 possible values in Table 1.
- the first indication information may include at least one configuration parameter of PRS resource configuration, and a value set of some configuration parameters in the at least one configuration parameter.
- the value set of configuration parameters other than this part of parameters includes all possible values.
- the value set of some configuration parameters may include all possible values, or may include some possible values.
- the configuration parameters supported by the network device may change, and the values of the supported configuration parameters may also change.
- the value set of a certain configuration parameter (such as the first configuration parameter) supported by the network device is the first value set
- the value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device is the fourth value set. If the terminal device requests the network device for the first configuration parameter in the first value set within the second time period, the network device may not be able to satisfy the terminal device's request, that is, the network device cannot configure a PRS resource configuration that matches the terminal device's request. In this case, it is unnecessary for the terminal device to still request the first configuration parameter in the first value set from the network device.
- the network device may also notify the terminal device of triggering conditions for requesting various configuration parameters. That is, the terminal device requests the configuration parameter from the network device when the trigger condition of matching the configuration parameter is met.
- a configuration parameter may have one or more trigger conditions, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal device meets any trigger condition of the configuration parameter, and may request the configuration parameter from the network device. Alternatively, the terminal device meets multiple trigger conditions of the configuration parameter, and requests the configuration parameter from the network device.
- the first indication information may further include one or more of the following first information, second information, or third information.
- the first information, the second information, and the third information are respectively introduced below.
- the first indication information may also include first information respectively corresponding to some configuration parameters or all configuration parameters in the at least one configuration parameter.
- the first information may be used to indicate the valid time of the first configuration parameter, that is, the valid request time (or effective time).
- the terminal device may request the network device for the PRS resource configured based on the first configuration parameter within the valid time.
- the first information may be used to indicate the valid time of the first value set of the first configuration parameter, and correspondingly, the terminal device may request the network device for the first configuration in the first value set within the valid time according to the first information PRS resources configured by parameters.
- the configuration parameter is always valid; or, it can be considered that the configuration parameter is valid within a preset time (such as the default time); or, the configuration parameter can be considered
- the value set of the parameter is always valid; it can be considered that the value set of the configuration parameter is valid within a preset time (for example, a default time). In this way, it can reduce the request of the terminal device to the network device for the PRS resource based on the configuration parameter during the time outside the valid time of the configuration parameter. That is, unnecessary requests sent by the terminal device are reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
- the second information may be used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported.
- the terminal device determines how to send a request message requesting PRS resource configuration to the network device according to the second information. For example, if the network device does not support the combination of at least two configuration parameters, the terminal device may request the network device for PRS resource configuration of one configuration parameter. In this way, the terminal device does not need to decide which configuration parameters to combine, and initiates a corresponding PRS resource configuration request to the network device, which can reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device. Assuming that the network device supports the combination of at least two configuration parameters, then the terminal device can initiate a PRS resource configuration request to the network device in a manner of combining configuration parameters, so as to meet the requirements of the terminal device as much as possible.
- the configuration parameters supported by the network device include the period of the PRS and the number of symbols of the PRS.
- the value set of the period of the positioning reference signal is ⁇ 10ms, 20ms, 40ms ⁇
- the value set of the number of symbols of the positioning reference signal is ⁇ 2, 4, 6 ⁇ .
- the network device supports that the terminal device can request to send PRS on the corresponding resource every 10 ms, 20 ms or 40 ms (that is, the above cycle), and each positioning reference signal can occupy 2, 4 or 6 symbols.
- the terminal device sends a PRS occupying 2 symbols on the corresponding resource every 10 ms.
- the terminal device can only request the PRS period or the number of PRS symbols from the network alone. For example, a terminal device requests PRS resource configuration with a period of 10 ms. In this case, the network device configures the terminal device with a period of 10 ms and the number of PRS symbols of 2, 4 or 6 symbols (determined by the network device) according to the request of the terminal device. It is equivalent to that the network device finally decides which PRS resource to configure for the terminal device, without the terminal device making a decision, and has relatively low requirements on the computing capability of the terminal device.
- the network device supports the combination of the period of the PRS and the number of symbols of the PRS.
- the terminal device can request PRS resource configuration from the network device according to the period of the PRS and the number of PRS symbols. For example, the terminal device requests PRS resource configuration with a period of 10 ms and a PRS symbol of 2 symbols.
- a possible implementation manner is that the network device configures PRS resources with a period of 10 ms and 2 symbols for the terminal device, so as to meet the actual needs of the terminal device as far as possible.
- the second information may also indicate at least two configuration parameters that support combination, that is, indicate which configuration parameters among the at least one configuration parameter supported by the network device can be combined with the request.
- the first indication information includes at least one configuration parameter and second information
- the second information may include at least two configuration parameters in the at least one configuration parameter.
- the terminal device receives the first indication information, it may be considered that the at least two configuration parameters included in the second information can be combined with the request.
- the third information of the first configuration parameter may be used to indicate whether the network device supports other value sets (for example, a third value set) of the first configuration parameter other than the first value set.
- the third information of the first configuration parameter may indicate that the network device does not support the third value set, or supports the third value set.
- the third information of the first configuration parameter may indicate a third value set. In this case, it may be considered that the network device supports the third value set of the first configuration parameter. If the network device supports the first configuration parameter in the first value set, it does not support the first configuration parameter in the third value set. The terminal device still requests the first configuration parameter in the third value set from the network device, and it can be considered that the request sent by the terminal device to the network device is unnecessary and will bring additional signaling overhead.
- the network device can inform the terminal device whether it supports values other than the first value set of the configuration parameter through the third information, so as to reduce unnecessary requests sent by the terminal device, reduce signaling overhead of the terminal device and power consumption.
- the first indication information may also include one or more third information. It should be understood that one piece of third information corresponds to one configuration parameter. If there is no corresponding third information for a configuration parameter, it can be considered that the network device supports values other than the first value set of the configuration parameter.
- the configuration parameter is always valid, or the value set of the configuration parameter is always valid.
- the first indication information may be sent to the terminal device in various ways.
- the first indication information may be included in a system information block (system information block, SIB), the network device sends the SIB in a broadcast manner, and the terminal may obtain the first indication information by receiving the SIB.
- SIB system information block
- a terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state can receive the SIB, that is, a terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state can also acquire the first indication information.
- the first indication information may be carried in an existing field of the SIB or a newly defined field, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the first indication information may be carried in an SIB used for positioning, such as a positioning system information block (positioning system information block, posSIB).
- the network device broadcasts the pos SIB, and the terminal device can obtain the first indication information by receiving the pos SIB.
- a terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state can also receive the pos SIB, that is, a terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state can also obtain the first indication information.
- the first indication information may be carried in an existing pos SIB or a newly defined pos SIB, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the first indication information may be carried in a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message.
- RRC radio resource control
- the terminal device may request the network device to inform the terminal device of the supported configuration parameters and the value set of the supported configuration parameters when there is a positioning requirement.
- the RRC message can also be regarded as a response message sent to the request of the terminal device.
- the LMF triggers the network device to inform the terminal device of the supported configuration parameters and the value set of the supported configuration parameters.
- the response message can be received, that is, it is not necessary to periodically read information such as the SIB, thereby saving energy consumption of the terminal.
- the network device actively sends the first indication information to the terminal device, which will cause waste.
- the network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device at the request or trigger of the LMF or the terminal device.
- S601a take the network device sending the first indication information to the terminal device as an example.
- the LMF may also send the first indication information to the terminal device. That is, the LMF can inform the terminal device of at least one configuration parameter supported by the network device for configuring PRS resources, and the values of these configuration parameters. That is, the LMF executes S601b in FIG. 6 .
- the LMF sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information.
- the LMF may send the first indication information to the terminal device.
- the first indication information sent by the LMF may be carried in the LPP message.
- the first indication information may be carried in an LPP provide assistance data (ProvideAssistanceData) message. That is, the LMF sends the first indication information to the terminal device. It can be considered that the LMF sends an LPP ProvideAssistanceData message to the terminal device.
- the LPP ProvideAssistanceData message may include the first indication information, or the LPP ProvideAssistanceData message may include content indicated by the first indication information.
- the terminal device sends a second request message to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the second request message.
- the second request message may be used to request the configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal, or the second request message is used to query the configuration parameters supported by the network device and the value set of the supported configuration parameters.
- the terminal device needs to obtain the PRS resource configuration, it can request the PRS resource configuration supported by the network device from the LMF, so as to avoid that the configuration parameter information sent by the network device to the terminal device is not information that the terminal device is interested in. That is to reduce sending unnecessary messages for requesting PRS resource configuration to LMF or network equipment.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the second request message.
- the second request message may be carried in the LPP ProvideAssistanceData message as positioning assistance data.
- the second request message may include one or more configuration parameters.
- the one or more configuration parameters may be considered as configuration parameters that the terminal device expects to be provided by the network-side device, and may also be considered as configuration parameters that the terminal device may request from the network-side device. It should be understood that there are multiple configuration parameters for configuring the resources of the positioning reference signal, and the configuration parameters expected by the terminal device may be some configuration parameters in all configuration parameters.
- the configuration parameters supported by the device feedback That is, there is no need for the LMF to feed back all configuration parameters, so as to reduce signaling overhead.
- the second request message may include the first configuration parameter, and the LMF sends the first indication information to the terminal device in response to the second request message.
- the first indication information may include the first configuration parameter, to indicate that the LMF supports the first configuration parameter.
- the second request message may include one or more configuration parameters and a value set of the one or more configuration parameters. That is, the second request message may include one or more configuration parameters with expected values. That is, the end device expects a configuration parameter with a certain value or values. If the first indication information includes a certain configuration parameter but does not include the value of the configuration parameter, all possible values of the configuration parameter of the LMF or the network device may be defaulted.
- the first indication information includes the first configuration parameter and a value set of the first configuration parameter, indicating that the LMF or the network device supports the first configuration parameter in the value set.
- the first indication information includes the first configuration parameter, indicating that the LMF or the network device supports all possible values of the first configuration parameter.
- the second request message may be used to indicate desired PRS resource configuration.
- the second request message may include auxiliary information related to the desired PRS resource configuration.
- the second request message may include a certain positioning accuracy requirement, or a certain positioning delay requirement, or a certain power consumption requirement.
- the LMF may send the first indication information to the terminal device according to the second request message.
- the configuration parameters indicated by the first indication information may be used to configure the desired PRS resource configuration of the terminal device.
- the LMF indicates a PRS resource configuration that meets a certain positioning accuracy requirement, or a certain positioning delay requirement, or a certain power consumption requirement.
- the terminal device sends the second request message to the LMF as an example.
- the terminal device may also send the second request message to the network device.
- the terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state may also send the second request message to the network device.
- S600a is not a step that must be executed, therefore, S600a is illustrated by a dotted line in FIG. 6 .
- the LMF may send a trigger indication to the network device, so as to instruct the network device to send the first indication information to the terminal device.
- the LMF may execute S601b after receiving the second request message, that is, the LMF sends the first indication information to the terminal device. For example, before S601b, the LMF may exchange signaling with the network device to know which configuration parameters the network device supports and the values of each configuration parameter.
- the LMF sends a second request message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second request message.
- the second request message in S600b has the same function as the second request message in S600a, and both are used to request one or more configuration parameters supported by the network side device.
- the LMF may receive second request messages from multiple terminal devices, and the LMF may request configuration parameters from the network device according to the configuration parameters requested by the second request messages from multiple terminal devices. Therefore, the content included in the second request message in S600b may be the same as or different from the content included in the second request message in S600a.
- the difference here means that the types of configuration parameters included in the second request message may be different, or that the value sets of the configuration parameters are different when the types of configuration parameters are the same.
- the second request message in S600b may be an NR positioning protocol A (NR positioning protocol A, NRPPa) message.
- NR positioning protocol A NR positioning protocol A, NRPPa
- the network device sends fourth indication information to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the fourth indication information.
- the specific implementation of the fourth indication information is the same as the specific implementation of the first indication information, for details, reference may be made to relevant content of the first indication information, which will not be repeated here.
- S600b-S600c is independent of S600a and S601a, that is, the execution sequence of S600b-S600c is not limited by S600a and S601a.
- S600b-S600c can be performed before or after S600a or S601a.
- One of S601a and S601b can be executed.
- S601a may be performed, but S601b may not be performed.
- S601b is also executed, and S601a is not executed.
- FIG. 6 is an example in which S601a is executed but S601b is not executed. Therefore, S601b is also indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 6 .
- S601b If S601b is executed, then the LMF also needs to execute S600b and S600c. If S601b is not executed, S600b and S600c may not be executed. Since S600a, S600b, and S600c are not mandatory steps, they are shown with dotted lines in FIG. 6 . Of course, both S601a and S601b can be executed, and the execution sequence of S601a and S601b is not limited. That is, S601a may be performed before or after S601b, or S601a and S601b1 may be performed simultaneously. In addition, the content included in the first indication information in S601a may be different from the content included in the first indication information in S601b.
- the first indication information may include configuration parameters applicable to all terminal devices, and the network device broadcasts the first indication information to the terminal devices. If a configuration parameter included in the first indication information is applicable to a specific terminal device, the LMF includes the configuration parameter applicable to the specific terminal device, and sends the first indication information to the terminal device in a unicast manner.
- the terminal device sends a first request message to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the first request message.
- the first request message may be used to request the LMF for PRS resource configuration.
- the content carried in the first request message may be determined based on the first indication information, that is, the terminal device refers to the content of the first indication information to request PRS resource configuration from the LMF as needed.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the first request message.
- the first request message may be an LPP message (such as LPP ProvideAssistanceData) or a newly defined LPP message, or an RRC message.
- the first request message may be a msg3 message or a msgA message, which is applicable to a terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state.
- Implementation forms of the first request message include but are not limited to the following two manners.
- the first request message may include one or more configuration parameters among the at least one configuration parameter indicated by the first indication information, and a second value set respectively corresponding to the one or more configuration parameters. That is, the first request message requests the LMF or the network device to configure the PRS resource configuration according to the one or more configuration parameters of the second value set.
- the first request message may include the first configuration parameter or the second configuration parameter. If the first indication information includes the second information, and the second information indicates that the combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported, the first request message may include the first configuration parameter and the second configuration parameter.
- the first request message may also include a value set corresponding to the configuration parameter. Taking the first request message including the first configuration parameter as an example, the first request message may also include a second value set of the first configuration parameter. If the first request message includes the first configuration parameter but does not include the value set, then the value set of the first configuration parameter included in the first request message may be defaulted as the first value set.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the relationship between the second value set and the first value set.
- the second value set may be a subset of the first value set or other relationships.
- the terminal device can request the first configuration parameter within the value range of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device, so as to improve the success rate of acquiring positioning reference signal resources.
- the relationship between the second set of values and the first set of values is further described in Example 1 and Example 2 as follows.
- Example 1 there is no intersection between the second value set and the first value set. It can be understood that there are no identical elements in the second value set and the first value set.
- the terminal device can request the first configuration parameter within the first value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device, or request the first configuration outside the first value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device parameter. That is, a certain degree of freedom is provided for the value range requested by the terminal device, so that it is applicable to a scenario where the value range of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function cannot meet the actual location requirements of the terminal device.
- the terminal device may request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal matching the first configuration parameter within the value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device, or may request The resource configuration of positioning reference signals matching the first configuration parameter is requested outside the value set. It is not only applicable to the scenario where the value set of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function can meet the actual location requirements of the terminal device, but also applicable to the scenario where the value set of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function cannot Scenarios that meet the actual positioning requirements of terminal devices.
- the first indication information includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate that values other than the first value set are allowed. According to the first indication information and the positioning requirement, the terminal device may request configuration parameters with values other than the first value set from the network device.
- Table 3 shows configuration parameters requested by the terminal device, a scenario where the terminal device sends the first request message, and a schematic table of requirements. It is understandable that terminal devices may have different requirements in different scenarios. Due to different requirements, the configuration parameters that the terminal equipment expects to request are also different. As shown in Table 3, when the measurement quality of the terminal device in a certain beam direction is poor, the terminal device expects to improve the positioning accuracy. Correspondingly, the configuration parameters that the terminal device expects to request may include positioning reference signal resources.
- Table 3 is only an example, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit configuration parameters, scenarios and requirements for the terminal device to send the first request message.
- the terminal device may determine the scenario for initiating the first request message and/or the configuration parameters requested by the terminal device according to its own policy, service requirements, and functions it has.
- the terminal device may request PRS resource configuration from the network device according to the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal, the TRP priority or the resources of the positioning reference signal.
- the first request message may include the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal, and a second value set of the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal.
- the terminal device gives priority to positioning delay, then the terminal device may request PRS resource configuration from the network side device according to the cycle or time slot offset or time interval.
- the first request message may include a period and a second value set corresponding to the period.
- the terminal device may also determine the content included in the first request message according to the first information.
- the first information indicates that the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal is valid within the first duration, then the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal included in the first request message may be within the first duration.
- the terminal device may also determine the content included in the first request message according to the second information. For example, if the second information is used to indicate that the network device does not support the combination of at least two configuration parameters, the first request message may include the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal, the TRP priority or the resource of the positioning reference signal. If the second information is used to indicate that the network device supports a combination of at least two configuration parameters, the first request message may include resource bandwidth and TRP priority of the positioning reference signal.
- the terminal device may determine the content included in the first request message according to the third information.
- the third information is used to indicate that the network device does not support values other than the first value set. Taking the period included in the first request message as an example, the second value set of the period included in the first request message may be within the first value set, so as to reduce unnecessary sending of the first request message by the terminal device.
- the third information is used to indicate that the network device supports values other than the first value set.
- the second value set of the period included in the first request message can be located within the first value set, or outside the first value set, or the second value set There may be an intersection with the first value set, so as to meet the actual positioning requirements of the terminal device as much as possible.
- the first request message includes fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
- the priorities of different value sets can be defaulted (or stipulated by the protocol).
- the network device may determine the priorities of the multiple value sets according to the sequence of the multiple value sets.
- the terminal device may indicate the priorities of the multiple value sets through signaling, that is, dynamically indicate the priorities of the multiple value sets through signaling, which is more flexible.
- the network device can configure resources of the positioning reference signal for the terminal device according to the priority of each value set. For example, the network device preferentially configures PRS resources for the terminal device according to the value set of the highest priority. The set of values called the second priority) configures PRS resources for the terminal device, and so on. And in a scenario where multiple terminal devices request positioning reference signal resources, the multiple value sets of each terminal device can provide a reference for the network device to configure positioning reference signal resources for each terminal device. For example, the network device may configure reasonable PRS resources for each terminal device with respect to the first request message of each terminal device, that is, multiple value sets requested by each terminal device. For example, assume that there are a first terminal device and a second terminal device.
- the first terminal device requests the PRS resource from the network side according to the positioning delay requirement, and the second terminal device requests the PRS resource from the network side according to the positioning accuracy requirement.
- the first request message sent by the first terminal device requests a first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter corresponds to two value sets, for example, value set 1 and value set 2.
- the first request message sent by the second terminal device requests the first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter corresponds to two value sets, for example, value set 1 and value set 2 .
- the priority of value set 1 is higher than that of value set 2.
- the PRS is sent according to the first configuration parameter of the value set 1, and the positioning accuracy is high, and the PRS is sent according to the first configuration parameter of the value set 2, and the positioning delay is low.
- the network device receives the first request message from the first terminal device and the first request message from the second terminal device, and may assign a value set to the first terminal device according to the positioning requirements of the first terminal device and the second terminal device 2. Assign value set 1 to the second terminal device. That is, the PRS resources configured by the network device for the first terminal device and the second terminal device can not only meet the requirements of the first terminal device, but also meet the requirements of the second terminal device.
- the terminal device can obtain the resource of the positioning reference signal configured by the network device by sending the first request message once. That is, there is no need for the terminal device to send multiple first request messages, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of requesting resources for positioning reference signals.
- the first request message may also include some reference information to provide reference for the network device to configure PRS resources for the terminal device.
- the first request message may include positioning accuracy, positioning delay, or power consumption requirements, and the like.
- the LMF may configure the PRS resource configuration for the terminal device according to the first request message.
- the configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration can meet the requirements of the terminal equipment.
- the terminal device does not have positioning services at a specific time or in a specific area, and may request the network device not to configure PRS resources at a specific time or in a specific area, so as to reduce resource waste on the network side.
- the first request message may include a specific time or a specific area.
- the terminal device may also request the network side device to adjust some configuration parameters through the first request message, so as to match the measurement capability of the terminal device as much as possible.
- the first request message may include a periodicity scaling factor (periodicity scaling) of the PRS.
- the network side device may determine the measurement configuration of the positioning reference signal of the terminal device according to the first request message and other configuration parameters.
- the configuration parameters of PRS resource configuration include TRP, the PRS period of TRP#1 is 80ms, and the PRS period of TRP#2 is 160ms.
- the TRP configured by the network device for the terminal device is TRP#1. When the terminal equipment is positioned, the positioning reference signal is measured at a period of 80 ms, and it is found that the processing capability of the terminal equipment is highly required.
- the terminal device may request the network side device to double the PRS period of TRP#1, that is, request the network side device to adjust the PRS period of the TRP configured for the terminal device.
- the first request message may further include a period scaling factor, where the period scaling factor is 2. That is, the terminal device requests to expand the PRS period by 2 times.
- the PRS period of the TRP configured by the network-side device for the terminal device is 80 ms
- the terminal device requests the network-side device to double the PRS period.
- the terminal equipment measures the positioning reference signal at a period of 160 ms, which can reduce the measurement complexity of the terminal equipment.
- the TRP priority recommended by the network device for the terminal device may not match the measurement capability of the terminal device, then the terminal device may request the network side device to adjust the TRP priority configured for the terminal device.
- the first request message may include the TRP priority recommended by the terminal device to match the measurement capability of the terminal device.
- the first request message may include the priority of the positioning reference signal resource set recommended by the terminal device, so as to match the measurement capability of the terminal device. It can be understood that the terminal device requesting the network side device to adjust the PRS period of the TRP, the priority of the TRP, or the priority of the positioning reference signal resource set through the first request message is only an example. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the configuration parameters that the terminal device requests the network side device to adjust through the first request message.
- the LMF sends a first response message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first response message.
- the network device sends a first response message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first response message.
- the LMF When the LMF receives the first request message, if the LMF knows which configuration parameters the network device supports and the value sets corresponding to each configuration parameter.
- the LMF may send a response message to the first request message, such as a first response message, to the terminal device. That is, the LMF can execute S603a. If the LMF does not know which configuration parameters the network device supports and the value sets corresponding to each configuration parameter, the LMF may send a trigger indication to the network device to instruct the network device to send a first response message to the terminal device. It can be understood that the content of the first response message sent by the LMF is the same as the content of the first response message sent by the network device. The difference is that the first response message sent by the LMF can be carried in the NRPPa message.
- the network side device may send a response message to the terminal device in response to the first request message sent by the terminal device.
- the network side device supports at least one configuration parameter and a value set of the at least one configuration parameter.
- the PRS resource configuration configured by the network side device for the terminal device may not meet the requirements (or requests) of the terminal device, that is, the first request message may not be satisfied.
- the implementation form of the first response message is also different. The following takes the first response message sent by the network device to the terminal device as an example, and describes the content of the response message in combination with the two cases that the network side device does not meet the first request message and meets the first request message:
- Case A The network-side device meets the first request message, that is, the network-side device supports all configuration parameters included in the first request message, and supports the second value set corresponding to all configuration parameters respectively.
- the network side device may send the PRS resource configuration, for example, the first resource configuration, to the terminal device. That is, the network side device can configure PRS resources for the terminal device.
- the terminal device After receiving the first response message, the terminal device sends a PRS according to the first resource configuration included in the first response message for subsequent positioning.
- the first request message includes a first configuration parameter and a second value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first response message includes a first resource configuration, where the first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and a value of the first configuration parameter is located in a second value set.
- All unsatisfied first request messages may include any one of the cases 1-3.
- Case 1 that is, the network side device does not support one or more configuration parameters included in the first request message.
- Case 2 that is, the network side device supports all configuration parameters included in the first request message, but does not support the second value set of some or all configuration parameters in all configuration parameters.
- Case 3 that is, the network side device does not support one or more configuration parameters included in the first request message, nor does it support the second value set of some of the configuration parameters included in the first request message.
- the first response message may include an error indication, and the error indication is used to indicate that all do not meet the first request message.
- the terminal device may re-request PRS resource configuration of other configurations from the network side device. Therefore, frequent sending of the first request message by the terminal device is avoided, signaling overhead is reduced, and power consumption of the terminal device is reduced.
- the error indication may indicate whether the configuration parameter satisfies the first request message through a value of a bit corresponding to the configuration parameter.
- the error indication may occupy N bits, where N bits correspond to N configuration parameters one by one, and N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. If one of the N configuration parameters does not satisfy the first request message, the bit value of the configuration parameter can be "0"; on the contrary, one of the N configuration parameters satisfies the first request message , and the bit value of this configuration parameter can be "1". Alternatively, if one of the N configuration parameters does not satisfy the first request message, the value of the bit of the configuration parameter may be "1"; on the contrary, if one of the N configuration parameters satisfies the first request message In a request message, the bit value of the configuration parameter may be "0".
- the correspondence between N configuration parameters and N bits may be preset by the protocol, or indicated by the network device; optionally, the order of the N configuration parameters corresponding to the error indication is the same as the N bits included in the first request message.
- the order of the configuration parameters may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
- the error indication may also occupy 1 bit to indicate that all configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration satisfy the first request message. For example, the value of the 1 bit is "0", indicating that all configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration satisfy the first request message. Alternatively, the value of the 1 bit is "1", indicating that all configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration satisfy the first request message.
- an error indication may be identified by a field. For example, if the first response message includes this field, it indicates that all configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration satisfy the first request message. Or, the first response message does not include this field, indicating that all configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration satisfy the first request message.
- the network device or the LMF can also configure the PRS resource configuration for the terminal device.
- the first request message includes a first configuration parameter and a second value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first response message may also include the PRS resource configuration configured by the network side device for the terminal device, for example, the second resource configuration.
- the second resource configuration does not include the first configuration parameter.
- the first response message may further include an error indication, and the error indication may be used to indicate that the configuration parameters of the request message are not satisfied.
- the error indication is used to indicate the first configuration parameter, that is, it is the first configuration parameter that indicates that the first request message is not satisfied.
- the first response message includes the second resource configuration and an error indication, the second resource configuration includes the first configuration parameter, but the value of the first configuration parameter is not in the second value set.
- the error indication is used to indicate the first configuration parameter, that is, it is the first configuration parameter that indicates that the first request message is not satisfied.
- the first response message may include one or more configuration parameters (for example, M configuration parameters) of PRS resource configuration and an error indication.
- the error indication may occupy M bits, where M bits correspond to M configuration parameters one-to-one, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the error indication may indicate whether the configuration parameter satisfies the first request message through the value of the bit corresponding to the configuration parameter.
- the first response message includes a second resource configuration
- the second resource configuration includes M1 configuration parameters among the N1 configuration parameters, where N1 and M1 are both positive Integer, N1 is greater than M1.
- the error indication included in the first response message may occupy M1 bits, and the M1 configuration parameters correspond to the M1 bits one by one. In this case, the error indication may implicitly indicate that the N1 configuration parameters except the M1 configuration parameters do not satisfy the first request message.
- the terminal device may send a positioning reference signal according to the second resource configuration for subsequent positioning, so as to reduce the positioning delay. If the terminal device determines that the second resource configuration affects the positioning requirement of the terminal device, the terminal device may re-request PRS resources from the network side device to meet the positioning requirement as much as possible.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the first response message.
- the first response message may be called an On-demand PRS Assistance Data-Response (On-demand PRS Assistance Data-Response) message.
- the LMF sends the first response message to the terminal device
- the first response message may be carried in the LPP signaling.
- the network device sends the first response message to the terminal device, the first response message may be carried in the SIB, or the pos SIB, or the RRC message. It should be noted that one of S603a and S603b may be executed, and it is not necessary to execute both of them.
- S603a may be executed, and S603b may not be executed.
- S603b is also executed, and S603a is not executed.
- FIG. 6 is an example in which S603a is executed but S603b is not executed. Therefore, S603b is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 6 .
- both S603a and S603b can be executed, and the execution sequence of S603a and S603b is not limited.
- the network-side device may recommend to the terminal device one or more configuration parameters of resources for sending positioning reference signals, and value sets corresponding to these configuration parameters. Multiple sets of PRS resource configurations supported by the network side device are indicated through the configuration parameters supported by the network side device. Compared with sending all sets of PRS resource configuration supported by the network side device to the terminal device, the signaling overhead for sending the PRS resource configuration is reduced.
- the network side device may send identification information used to identify the PRS resource configuration to the terminal device.
- identification information used to identify the PRS resource configuration to the terminal device.
- the signaling overhead for sending the PRS resource configuration can also be reduced.
- FIG. 7 is a flow chart of the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Similar to FIG. 6 , the method provided in FIG. 7 is also applied to the communication system shown in any one of FIGS. 2-5 as an example. In addition, the method may be executed by three communication devices, such as a first communication device, a second communication device and a third communication device. For the first communication device, the second communication device, and the third communication device, reference may be made to relevant content of the foregoing embodiment in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
- the network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information.
- the third indication information may be used to indicate one or more sets of PRS resource configurations supported by the network device.
- the third indication information may include one or more pieces of identification information, and each piece of identification information may be used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal.
- the identification information may be an index of PRS resource configuration, or a combined identification of positioning frequency layer identification, TRP identification, PRS resource set identification, PRS resource identification, or other forms, which is not limited in the present invention.
- the network device notifies the terminal device of the PRS resource configuration supported by the network device in the form of identification information of the PRS resource configuration. Compared with sending all resource configurations of the PRS to the terminal device by the network device, the signaling overhead is reduced.
- the third indication information may include sixth information, and the sixth information may be used to indicate the valid time of each identifier.
- the third indication information may also include seventh information, and the seventh information may be used to indicate whether the network device supports PRS resource configuration other than the identification information.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the third indication information. Similar to the first indication information, the third indication information may also be used as positioning assistance information and sent to the terminal device in the form of assistance data. In addition, like the first indication information, the third indication information may also be carried in the SIB, or pos SIB or RRC message, for details, please refer to the relevant content of the first indication information, which will not be repeated here.
- the terminal device sends a third request message to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the third request message.
- the terminal device when the terminal device needs to obtain the PRS resource configuration, it may request the PRS resource configuration supported by the network side device from the LMF, so as to reduce unnecessary sending of request messages for requesting PRS resources to the network side.
- the difference from S600a is that the third request message is used to request configuration of one or more sets of PRS resources.
- the third request message may be called an assistance data request (RequestAssistanceData) message.
- the third request message can be carried in the LPP message.
- S700 is not a step that must be executed, therefore, S700 is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 .
- the LMF may request or trigger the network device to send the third indication information to the terminal device.
- S701a takes this as an example.
- the LMF may send third indication information to the terminal device, that is, the LMF performs S701b in FIG. 7 .
- the LMF sends third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information.
- the LMF may perform signaling interaction with the network device, so as to acquire the PRS resource configuration supported by the network device from the network device.
- the LMF sends a third request message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the third request message.
- the function, content and bearer mode of the third request message in S700b are similar to those of the second request message in S600b. For details, please refer to the relevant content in S600b, and the same will not be repeated here.
- the network device sends fifth indication information to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the fifth indication information.
- the specific implementation of the fifth indication information is the same as that of the third indication information, for details, reference may be made to the relevant content of the third indication information, which will not be repeated here.
- S700b-S700c is independent of S700 and S701a, that is, the execution sequence of S700b-S700c is not limited by S700 and S701a.
- S700b-S700c can be executed before or after S700 or S701a.
- One of S701a and S701b can be executed, and there is no need to execute all of them.
- S701a may be executed, but S701b may not be executed.
- S701b is also executed, and S701a is not executed.
- FIG. 7 takes execution of S701a and not execution of S701b as an example. Therefore, S700b-S700c and S701b are illustrated by dotted lines in FIG. 7 .
- both S701a and S701b can be executed, and the execution sequence of S701a and S701b is not limited.
- the terminal device sends a fourth request message to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the fourth request message.
- the fourth request message may be used to request the LMF for PRS resource configuration.
- the content carried in the fourth request message may be determined based on the third indication information, and it may be considered that the terminal device requests PRS resource configuration from the LMF on demand.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the fourth request message.
- the fourth request message may be a defined LPP message, such as an LPP (ProvideAssistanceData) message.
- the fourth request message may also be a newly defined LPP message, or an RRC message, or a msg3 message, or a msgA message.
- the network side device may configure different PRS resource configurations. For example, for different positioning methods, the network side device may configure different PRS resource configurations. Similarly, for different RRC states of the terminal device, the network side device may also configure different PRS resource configurations. For different positioning requirements, the network device may also be configured with different PRS resource configurations.
- Positioning requirements include one or more of the following: positioning accuracy, positioning delay, power consumption of terminal equipment, positioning reliability, and positioning reliability. Positioning reliability is used to measure the trust in the accuracy of location-related data provided by the positioning system and the ability to provide timely and effective warnings to location service (LCS) clients when the positioning system does not meet the expected operating conditions. The confidence can be regarded as positioning integrity, and can also be called positioning integrity or positioning integrity.
- a positioning method may correspond to at least one piece of identification information, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods may be partly or completely different.
- PRS resource configurations corresponding to different positioning methods may be the same or different.
- one RRC state may correspond to at least one piece of identification information, and the identification information corresponding to different RRC states may be partly or completely different. That is, the PRS resource configurations corresponding to different RRC states of the terminal equipment may be the same or different.
- a positioning requirement may correspond to at least one piece of identification information, and identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements may be partially or completely different. That is, PRS resource configurations corresponding to different positioning requirements may be the same or different.
- the terminal device can request a reasonable PRS resource configuration from the network side device according to the RRC state of the terminal device, the positioning method, or the corresponding PRS resource configuration according to the positioning requirements, so as to meet the actual needs of the terminal device.
- the RRC state, positioning method, or positioning requirement of the terminal equipment can be regarded as one or more request conditions for requesting PRS resource configuration.
- Each set of PRS resource configuration may be associated with one or more conditions, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the request condition of each set of PRS resource configuration may include one or more positioning requirements.
- the request condition for each set of PRS resource configuration may include the positioning method and/or the RRC status of the terminal.
- the terminal device determines the identification information of the PRS resource configuration to be requested according to the request condition satisfied by itself.
- the fourth request message may include identification information of the PRS resource configuration to be requested, for example, one or more pieces of identification information. If the fourth request message includes multiple pieces of identification information, different pieces of identification information correspond to different priorities. For example, the priorities of the pieces of identification information may be from high to low by default according to the order of the pieces of identification information, or the priorities of the pieces of identification information may also be indicated by the terminal device. For example, the fourth request message includes second indication information, and the second indication information may be used to indicate priorities of pieces of identification information.
- the network device may combine multiple identification information included in the fourth request message from multiple terminal devices to allocate reasonable PRS resources for each terminal device.
- the network side device supports 3 sets of PRS resource configurations, and the identification information of the 3 sets of PRS resource configurations are identification information 0, identification information 1, and identification information 2 respectively.
- the PRS resource configuration identified by the identification information 0 is suitable for the downlink positioning method
- the PRS resource configuration identified by the identification information 1 is suitable for the uplink positioning method
- the PRS resource configuration identified by the identification information 2 is suitable for the uplink and downlink positioning method. If the terminal device uses the downlink positioning method, the first identification information included in the fourth request message may be identification information 0. If the terminal device uses the uplink positioning method, the first identification information included in the fourth request message may be identification information 1.
- the network side device supports 3 sets of PRS resource configurations, and the identification information of the 3 sets of PRS resource configurations are identification information 0, identification information 1, and identification information 2 respectively.
- the PRS resource configuration identified by identification information 0 is suitable for terminal devices in the RRC connected state
- the PRS resource configuration identified by identification information 1 is suitable for terminal devices in the RRC inactive state
- the PRS resource configuration identified by identification information 2 is suitable for terminal devices in the RRC idle state. If the terminal device is in the RRC idle state, the first identification information included in the fourth request message may be identification information 2 . If the terminal device is in the RRC connection state, the first identification information included in the fourth request message may be identification information 0.
- the PRS resource configuration applicable to multiple terminal devices can be sent in a broadcast manner through the network device.
- the PRS resource configuration applicable to a specific terminal device can be sent in unicast through the LMF.
- a certain set of PRS resource configuration is applicable to terminal devices in various RRC states, applicable to different positioning requirements, or applicable to multiple positioning methods, such as uplink positioning method, downlink positioning method and uplink and downlink positioning method.
- the set of PRS resource configurations can be applied to multiple terminal devices, and can be sent in a broadcast manner, thereby saving signaling overhead.
- the network side device supports 5 sets of PRS resource configurations, and the identification information of these 5 sets of PRS resource configurations are identification information 0, identification information 1, identification information 2, identification information 3 and identification information 4 respectively.
- the PRS resource configuration identified by the identification information 0 is suitable for the downlink positioning method
- the PRS resource configuration identified by the identification information 1 is suitable for the uplink positioning method
- the PRS resource configuration identified by the identification information 2 is suitable for the uplink and downlink positioning method.
- the PRS resource configurations respectively identified by the identification information 3 and the identification information 4 are applicable to various positioning methods, such as an uplink positioning method, a downlink positioning method, and an uplink and downlink positioning method.
- the PRS resource configuration identified by the identification information 0 or the identification information 1 or the identification information 2 can be sent in a unicast manner through the LMF.
- the PRS resource configurations respectively identified by the identification information 3 and the identification information 4 can be broadcasted by the network device. In this way, if there are multiple terminal devices with different positioning methods, the multiple terminal devices may request the PRS resource configuration identified by the identification information 3 or the identification information 4 . There is no need for the network device to send the PRS resource configurations respectively identified by the identification information 3 and the identification information 4 to multiple terminal devices, thereby saving signaling overhead.
- the effective time of the PRS resource configuration broadcast by the network device is relatively long, that is, the terminal device may request the PRS resource configuration broadcast by the network device within a relatively long period of time.
- the LMF sends a second response message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second response message.
- the network device sends a second response message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second response message.
- the LMF When the LMF receives the fourth request message, if the LMF knows which sets of PRS resource configurations the network equipment supports. The LMF may send a response message to the fourth request message, such as a second response message, to the terminal device. That is, the LMF can execute S703a. If the LMF does not know which sets of PRS resource configurations the network device supports, the LMF may send a trigger indication to the network device to instruct the network device to send the second response message to the terminal device. It should be noted that, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the second response message. For example, the second response message may be referred to as an on-demand positioning reference signal assistance data response message.
- the second response message may be carried in the LPP signaling. If the network device sends the second response message to the terminal device, the second response message may be carried in the SIB, or the pos SIB, or the RRC message.
- S703a and S703b may be executed, and there is no need to execute both of them. For example, S703a may be executed, and S703b may not be executed. Alternatively, S703b is also executed, and S703a is not executed.
- FIG. 7 is an example in which S703a is executed but S703b is not executed. Therefore, S703b is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 . Of course, both S703a and S703b can be executed, and the execution sequence of S703a and S703b is not limited.
- the network device may configure the same PRS resource configuration for the multiple terminal devices.
- the network device can send the PRS resource configuration to multiple terminal devices by broadcasting. If there is a terminal device with special positioning requirements among the multiple terminal devices, the network device can configure a dedicated PRS resource configuration for the terminal device, and configure the same PRS resource configuration for other multiple terminal devices. In this case, the network device sends common configuration information to multiple terminal devices by broadcasting. For a terminal device with special positioning requirements, the network device may additionally send configuration information for the terminal device, thereby saving signaling overhead.
- the network side device indicates the PRS resource configuration supported by the network side device through the identification information of the PRS resource configuration. It is applicable to the situation where the terminal device or the LMF can request a limited set (small number) of PRS resource configuration, has little impact on the current positioning procedure protocol, and can reduce the signaling overhead for sending the PRS resource configuration. Since the terminal device requests a whole set of PRS resource configuration from the network side device, the network side device does not need to analyze which configuration parameters the terminal device requests, which can reduce the complexity of the network side device.
- the method provided in the embodiments of the present application is introduced from the perspective of interaction among the terminal device, the network device, and the location management device.
- the steps performed by the network device may also be respectively implemented by different communication devices.
- the first device is used to generate the first instruction information
- the second device is used to send the first instruction information, that is to say, the first device and the second device jointly complete the steps performed by the network device in the embodiment of this application.
- the specific division method is not limited.
- the steps performed by the above network equipment can be respectively It is realized by DU, CU and RU.
- the terminal device and the network device may include a hardware structure and/or a software module, and realize the above-mentioned functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module . Whether one of the above-mentioned functions is executed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
- this embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
- the following describes the communication device used to implement the above method in the embodiment of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings.
- the communication device 800 can correspondingly implement the functions implemented by the terminal device or network device or location management device in the above-mentioned various method embodiments or step.
- the communication device may include a transceiver module 801 and a processing module 802 .
- a storage module may also be included, and the storage module may be used to store instructions (code or program) and/or data.
- the transceiver module 801 and the processing module 802 may be coupled with the storage module, for example, the processing module 802 may read instructions (code or program) and/or data in the storage module to implement corresponding methods.
- Each of the above modules can be set independently, or can be partially or fully integrated.
- the processing module 802 may be a processor or a controller, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuits, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
- the processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
- the transceiver module 801 is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices.
- the transceiver module 801 is an interface circuit for the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices, or an interface circuit for the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
- the communication device 800 may be the network device, the terminal device, and the location management device in the foregoing embodiments, or may be a chip used for the network device, the terminal device, and the location management device.
- the processing module 802 may be, for example, a processor
- the transceiver module 801 may be, for example, a transceiver.
- the transceiver may include a radio frequency circuit
- the storage unit may be, for example, a memory.
- the processing module 802 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 801 may be an input/output interface, pins or circuits, etc.
- the processing module 802 can execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the storage unit.
- the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, cache, etc., and the storage unit can also be the network device, terminal device or location management Storage units located outside the chip within the device, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), etc. .
- the communication apparatus 800 can correspondingly implement the behavior and function of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the communication apparatus 800 may be a terminal device, or may be a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied in the terminal device.
- the transceiver module 801 may be used to support communication between the terminal device and other network entities, for example, support communication between the terminal device and the network device and/or location management device shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 .
- the processing module 802 is used to control and manage the actions of the terminal device.
- the processing module 802 is used to support the terminal device to perform all the operations of the terminal device in FIG. 6 or 7 except sending and receiving.
- the transceiver module 801 can be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S600a, S601a, S601b, S602, S603a, and S603b, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
- the processing module 802 is configured to execute all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except the transceiving operation, and/or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
- the transceiving module 801 is configured to receive first indication information from a network device or a location management function.
- the transceiver module 801 is also configured to send the first request message to the network device or the location management function.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter used to configure the resource of the positioning reference signal, and the first value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter.
- the first request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the first request message includes a first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter belongs to at least one configuration parameter.
- the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, and third information.
- first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set.
- the second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported.
- the third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
- the first indication information is carried in the SIB, Pos SIB, RRC message or LPP signaling.
- the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is no intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is an intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes fourth information.
- the fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
- the first request message is also used to indicate priorities of multiple value sets.
- the transceiver module 801 is further configured to send the second request message to the network device or the location management device.
- the second request message is used to request configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal.
- the transceiver module 801 is further configured to receive a first response message from a network device or a location management device.
- the first response message includes the first resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter satisfies the first request message.
- the first response message includes the second resource configuration and error indication of the positioning reference signal.
- the second resource configuration includes the first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter is different from the value of the first configuration parameter in the first request message.
- the error indication is used to indicate that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message.
- the first response message is used to indicate that the first request message cannot be satisfied.
- the transceiver module 801 may be configured to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, for example, S700, S701a (and/or S701b), S702, and S703a (and/or 703b), and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
- the processing module 802 is configured to execute all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 except the transceiving operation, and/or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
- the transceiving module 801 is configured to receive third indication information from the network device or the location management function, and send a fourth request message to the network device or the location management function.
- the third indication information includes one or more pieces of identification information, and one piece of identification information is used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal.
- the fourth request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the third indication information is carried in the SIB, Pos SIB, RRC message or LPP signaling.
- the fourth request message includes the first identification information.
- the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method.
- the first positioning method is a positioning method currently used by the terminal device, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods is partially or completely different.
- the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device.
- the identification information corresponding to different RRC states is partly or completely different.
- the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement of the terminal device, and part or all of the identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements is different.
- Positioning requirements include one or more of the following: positioning accuracy, positioning delay, power consumption of terminal equipment, positioning reliability, and confidence.
- the communication apparatus 800 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network devices in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the communication apparatus 800 may be a network device, or may be a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied in the network device.
- the transceiver module 801 may be used to support communication between the network device and other network entities, for example, support communication between the network device and the terminal device or the location management device shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 .
- the processing module 802 is used to control and manage the actions of the network device, for example, the processing module 802 is used to support the network device to perform all the operations in Figure 6 or Figure 7 except sending and receiving.
- the transceiver module 801 may be configured to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S601a, S600b, S600c, S603b in the embodiment shown in FIG. Other procedures used to support the techniques described herein.
- the processing module 802 is configured to execute all the operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except the transceiving operation, and/or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
- the transceiving module 801 is configured to send first indication information, and receive a first request message from a terminal device or a location management device.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter used to configure the resource of the positioning reference signal, and a first value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter.
- the first request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the first request message includes a first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter belongs to at least one configuration parameter.
- the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, and third information.
- first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set.
- the second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported.
- the third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
- the first indication information is carried in the SIB, Pos SIB, RRC message or LPP signaling.
- the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is no intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is an intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes fourth information.
- the fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
- the first request message is also used to indicate priorities of multiple value sets.
- the transceiver module 801 is further configured to receive a second request message from a terminal device or a location management device.
- the second request message is used to request configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal.
- the transceiver module 801 is further configured to send the first response message to the terminal device.
- the first response message includes the first resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter satisfies the first request message.
- the first response message includes the second resource configuration and error indication of the positioning reference signal.
- the second resource configuration includes the first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter is different from the value of the first configuration parameter in the first request message.
- the error indication is used to indicate that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message.
- the first response message is used to indicate that the first request message cannot be satisfied.
- the transceiver module 801 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S701a and S703b in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and/or to support Other procedures of the techniques described herein.
- the processing module 802 is configured to execute all the operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 except the transceiving operation, and/or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
- the transceiver module 801 is configured to send the third indication information, and receive a fourth request message from the location management device.
- the third indication information includes one or more pieces of identification information, wherein one piece of identification information is used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal.
- the fourth request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the third indication information is carried in the SIB, Pos SIB, RRC message or LPP signaling.
- the fourth request message includes the first identification information.
- the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method.
- the first positioning method is a positioning method currently used by the terminal device, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods is partially or completely different.
- the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device.
- the identification information corresponding to different RRC states is partly or completely different.
- the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement of the terminal device, and part or all of the identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements is different.
- Positioning requirements include one or more of the following: positioning accuracy, positioning delay, power consumption of terminal equipment, positioning reliability, and confidence.
- the communication apparatus 800 can correspondingly implement the behavior and functions of the location management device in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the communication apparatus 800 may be a location management device, and may also be a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied in the location management device.
- the transceiver module 801 may be used to support communication between the location management device and other network entities, for example, support communication between the network device and the terminal device or network device shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 .
- the processing module 802 is used to control and manage the actions of the location management device, for example, the processing module 802 is used to support the location management device to perform all the operations in FIG. 6 or 7 except sending and receiving.
- the transceiver module 801 can be used to perform all the receiving or sending operations performed by the location management device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, such as S600a, S600b, S600c, S601b, S602, S603a, and/or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
- the processing module 802 is configured to execute all operations performed by the location management device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 except the transceiving operation, and/or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
- the transceiving module 801 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, and receive a first request message from the terminal device.
- the first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter used to configure the resource of the positioning reference signal, and a first value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter.
- the first request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the first request message includes a first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter belongs to at least one configuration parameter.
- the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, and third information.
- first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set.
- the second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported.
- the third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
- the first indication information is carried in the SIB, Pos SIB, RRC message or LPP signaling.
- the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is no intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is an intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
- the first request message includes fourth information.
- the fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
- the first request message is further used to indicate priorities of multiple value sets.
- the transceiver module 801 is further configured to send the second request message to the network device.
- the second request message is used to request configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal.
- the transceiver module 801 is further configured to send the first response message to the terminal device.
- the first response message includes the first resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter satisfies the first request message.
- the first response message includes the second resource configuration and error indication of the positioning reference signal.
- the second resource configuration includes the first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter is different from the value of the first configuration parameter in the first request message.
- the error indication is used to indicate that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message.
- the first response message is used to indicate that the first request message cannot be satisfied.
- the transceiver module 801 may be configured to perform all the receiving or sending operations performed by the location management device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S700, S701b, S702, S703a in the embodiment shown in FIG. and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
- the processing module 802 is configured to execute all operations performed by the location management device in the embodiment as shown in FIG. 7 except the transceiving operation, and/or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
- the transceiver module 801 is configured to send the third indication information, and receive a fourth request message from the terminal device.
- the third indication information includes one or more pieces of identification information, where one piece of identification information is used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal.
- the fourth request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
- the third indication information is carried in an RRC message or LPP signaling.
- the fourth request message includes the first identification information.
- the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method.
- the first positioning method is a positioning method currently used by the terminal device, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods is partially or completely different.
- the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device.
- the identification information corresponding to different RRC states is partly or completely different.
- the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement of the terminal device, and part or all of the identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements is different.
- Positioning requirements include one or more of the following: positioning accuracy, positioning delay, power consumption of terminal equipment, positioning reliability, and confidence.
- processing module 802 in this embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
- transceiver module 801 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system.
- the communication system includes a network device, a terminal device, and a location management device, or may further include more network devices, multiple terminal devices, and more location management devices.
- the communication system includes a network device, a terminal device, and a location management device for implementing related functions of the embodiment in FIG. 6 above.
- the network devices are respectively used to realize the functions of the relevant network devices in the embodiments of the present application, for example, to realize the functions of the relevant network devices in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 above.
- the terminal device is used to realize the functions of the relevant terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, for example, to realize the functions of the relevant terminal device in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
- the location management device is used to implement the functions of the part of the location management device in FIG. 6 above. For details, please refer to relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
- the communication system includes a network device, a terminal device, and a location management device for implementing related functions of the embodiment in FIG. 7 above.
- the network devices are respectively used to realize the functions of the related network devices in the embodiments of the present application, for example, to realize the functions of the related network devices in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
- the terminal device is used to realize the functions of the relevant terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, for example, to realize the functions of the relevant terminal device in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
- the location management device is used to implement the functions of the part of the location management device in FIG. 7 above. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions in the above method embodiments, and details will not be repeated here.
- the communication device 900 may be a network device capable of realizing the functions of the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or the communication device 900 may be a terminal device , which can realize the function of the terminal device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; or, the communication device 900 can be a location management device, which can realize the function of the location management device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; or, the communication device 900 can also It is an apparatus capable of supporting a network device or a terminal device or a location management device to implement corresponding functions in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 900 may be a system on a chip.
- the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
- the transceiver module 801 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated in the communication device 900 to form the communication interface 910 .
- the communication device 900 includes at least one processor 920, and the processor 920 may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the program execution of the program of this application, for implementing or supporting the communication device 900 implements the functions of the network device or the terminal or the location management device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- the processor 920 may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the program execution of the program of this application, for implementing or supporting the communication device 900 implements the functions of the network device or the terminal or the location management device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- the processor 920 may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the program execution of the program of this application, for implementing or supporting the communication device 900 implements the functions of the network device or the terminal or the location management device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 900 may also include at least one memory 930 for storing program instructions and/or data.
- the memory 930 is coupled to the processor 920 .
- the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or a communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
- Processor 920 may cooperate with memory 930 .
- the processor 920 may execute program instructions and/or data stored in the memory 930, so that the communication device 900 implements a corresponding method. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor 920 .
- the communication device 900 may also include a communication interface 910, using any device such as a transceiver for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as RAN, wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN), wired access networks, and the like.
- the communication interface 910 is used to communicate with other devices through a transmission medium, so that devices used in the communication device 900 can communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the communication device 900 is a network device, the other device is a terminal device or a location management function; or, when the communication device 900 is a terminal device, the other device is a network device or a location management function.
- the processor 920 can utilize the communication interface 910 to send and receive data.
- the communication interface 910 may specifically be a transceiver.
- a specific connection medium among the communication interface 910, the processor 920, and the memory 930 is not limited.
- the memory 930, the processor 920, and the communication interface 910 are connected through the bus 940.
- the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. , is not limited.
- the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 9 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
- the processor 920 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, and may realize Or execute the methods, steps and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
- a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the methods disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
- Memory 930 can be ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, and can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory) read-only memory, EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk Storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or any other media that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, without limitation.
- the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through the communication line 940 . Memory can also be integrated with the processor.
- the memory 930 is used to store computer-executed instructions for implementing the solutions of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 920 .
- the processor 920 is configured to execute computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 930, so as to implement the communication method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application.
- the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the communication device in the above embodiments may be a terminal device or a circuit, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device or other combined devices or components having the functions of the above-mentioned terminal device.
- the transceiver module may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
- the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU).
- the transceiver module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module may be a processor.
- the communication device When the communication device is a chip system, the communication device may be a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), a dedicated ASIC, a system on chip (SoC), or a CPU. It can also be a network processor (network processor, NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), it can also be a microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU), it can also be a programmable controller ( programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
- the processing module 802 may be a processor of the chip system.
- the transceiver module 801 or the communication interface may be an input/output interface or an interface circuit of the chip system.
- the interface circuit may be a code/data read/write interface circuit.
- the interface circuit can be used to receive code instructions (the code instructions are stored in the memory, can be read directly from the memory, or can also be read from the memory through other devices) and transmitted to the processor; the processor can be used to run all The above-mentioned code instructions are used to execute the methods in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
- the interface circuit may also be a signal transmission interface circuit between the communication processor and the transceiver.
- the communication device in the foregoing embodiments may be a chip, and the chip may include a logic circuit, an input/output interface, and may also include a memory.
- the input-output interface can be used to receive code instructions (the code instructions are stored in the memory, can be read directly from the memory, or can also be read from the memory through other devices) and transmitted to the logic circuit; the logic circuit, It can be used to run the code instructions to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
- the input and output interface may also be a signal transmission interface circuit between the logic circuit and the transceiver.
- Fig. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified communication device.
- the communication device is a base station as an example.
- the base station can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 2-FIG. 5, and can be the network device in FIG. 2-FIG. 5, and execute the function of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the communication device 1000 may include a transceiver 1010 , a memory 1021 and a processor 1022 .
- the transceiver 1010 may be used by a communication device to perform communication, such as sending or receiving the above indication information and the like.
- the memory 1021 is coupled with the processor 1022 and can be used to save programs and data necessary for the communication device 1000 to realize various functions.
- the processor 1022 is configured to support the communication device 1000 to execute corresponding functions in the above methods, and the functions may be implemented by calling programs stored in the memory 1021 .
- the transceiver 1010 may be a wireless transceiver, and may be used to support the communication device 1000 to receive and send signaling and/or data through a wireless air interface.
- the transceiver 1010 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit or a communication unit, and the transceiver 1010 may include one or more radio frequency units 1012 and one or more antennas 1011, wherein the radio frequency unit is such as a remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU) Or an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), which can be specifically used for the transmission of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and the one or more antennas can be specifically used for radiating and receiving radio frequency signals.
- the transceiver 1010 may only include the above radio frequency unit, and at this time the communication device 1000 may include the transceiver 1010, the memory 1021, the processor 1022, and the antenna.
- the memory 1021 and the processor 1022 can be integrated or independent of each other. As shown in FIG. 10 , the memory 1021 and the processor 1022 can be integrated into the control unit 1020 of the communication device 1000 .
- the control unit 1020 may include a baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU) of an LTE base station, and the baseband unit may also be called a digital unit (digital unit, DU), or the control unit 1020 may include 5G and future wireless access Distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) and/or centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) in the base station under the technology.
- BBU baseband unit
- DU digital unit
- centralized unit centralized unit
- the above-mentioned control unit 1020 can be composed of one or more antenna panels, where multiple antenna panels can jointly support a wireless access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE network), and multiple antenna panels can also respectively support wireless access networks of different access standards. Radio access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
- the memory 1021 and processor 1022 may serve one or more antenna panels. That is to say, the memory 1021 and the processor 1022 may be separately provided on each antenna panel. It is also possible that multiple antenna panels share the same memory 1021 and processor 1022 .
- each antenna panel may be provided with a necessary circuit, for example, the circuit may be used to realize the coupling of the memory 1021 and the processor 1022 .
- the above transceiver 1010, processor 1022 and memory 1021 may be connected through a bus structure and/or other connection media.
- the processor 1022 can perform baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then output the baseband signal to the radio frequency unit, and the radio frequency unit will perform radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and pass the radio frequency signal through the antenna. Sent in the form of electromagnetic waves.
- the radio frequency unit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1022, and the processor 1022 converts the baseband signal into data and converts the data to process.
- the transceiver 1010 can be used to perform the above steps performed by the transceiver module 801 .
- the processor 1022 can be used to invoke instructions in the memory 1021 to perform the above steps performed by the processing module 802 .
- Fig. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device.
- the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example.
- the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
- the processor is mainly used for processing the communication protocol and communication data, controlling the on-board unit, executing software programs, and processing data of the software programs.
- Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data.
- the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
- Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
- Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of equipment may not have input and output devices.
- the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
- the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
- FIG. 11 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 11 . In an actual device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
- a memory may also be called a storage medium or a storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the antenna and the radio frequency circuit having the function of transmitting and receiving can be regarded as the transmitting and receiving unit of the device
- the processor having the function of processing can be regarded as the processing unit of the device.
- the device includes a transceiver unit 1110 and a processing unit 1120 .
- the transceiver unit 1110 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, and the like.
- the processing unit 1120 may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
- the device in the transceiver unit 1111 for realizing the receiving function can be regarded as a receiving unit
- the device in the transceiver unit 1110 for realizing the sending function can be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1110 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
- the transceiver unit 1110 may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit and the like.
- the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, etc.
- the sending unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
- transceiving unit 1110 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal side in the above method embodiments
- processing unit 1120 is used to perform other operations on the terminal in the above method embodiments except the transceiving operation.
- the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
- the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit and/or a communication interface;
- the processing unit is an integrated processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method performed by the network device, terminal device or location management device in FIG. 6 or 7 .
- An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method performed by the network device, terminal device, or location management device in FIG. 6 or 7 .
- An embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, configured to implement the functions of the network device, the terminal device, and the location management device in the foregoing method.
- the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
- the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
- software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present invention will be generated in whole or in part.
- the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment or other programmable devices.
- the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
- the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. integrated with one or more available media.
- the available medium can be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), optical media (for example, digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD for short)), or semiconductor media (for example, SSD).
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请要求在2021年08月05日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110898336.4、申请名称为“一种通信方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110898336.4 and the application title "A communication method and communication device" submitted to the China Patent Office on August 5, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application .
本申请涉及定位技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the technical field of positioning, and in particular to a communication method and a communication device.
在定位流程中,终端设备可以按需请求定位参考信号的资源配置。例如,终端设备根据定位精度需求,或定位时延需求等,请求网络侧改变定位参考信号的资源配置。为此,网络设备会提前将支持的全部资源配置都告知终端设备。然而,用于资源配置的配置参数有多个,且每个配置参数的取值也有多个,不同取值的各个配置参数相互组合可形成较多套资源配置。网络设备将全部的资源配置发送给终端设备,那么用于发送资源配置的信令开销较大。且发送全部资源配置所需的资源也较多。During the positioning process, the terminal device can request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal as needed. For example, the terminal device requests the network side to change the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal according to the positioning accuracy requirement or the positioning delay requirement. To this end, the network device will notify the terminal device of all supported resource configurations in advance. However, there are multiple configuration parameters for resource configuration, and each configuration parameter has multiple values, and various configuration parameters with different values can be combined to form more sets of resource configurations. If the network device sends all resource configurations to the terminal device, the signaling overhead for sending the resource configuration is relatively large. In addition, more resources are required for sending all resource configurations.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及通信装置,用于降低网络侧设备告知终端侧设备所支持的定位参考信号的资源配置的信令开销。The present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which are used to reduce the signaling overhead for a network-side device to notify a terminal-side device of the resource configuration of a positioning reference signal supported by the device.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以所述通信设备为终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:A first aspect provides a communication method that can be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description is made by taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example. The method includes:
终端设备接收来自网络侧设备(网络设备或位置管理设备)的第一指示信息,并向网络设备或位置管理设备发送第一请求消息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示用于配置定位参考信号的资源的至少一个配置参数,以及至少一个配置参数分别对应的第一取值集合。第一请求消息包括第一配置参数,该第一配置参数属于至少一个配置参数。该方案中,网络侧设备可向终端设备指示用于配置定位参考信号的资源的一个或多个配置参数,还可以向终端设备推荐这些配置参数的取值。通过一个或多个配置参数的组合,可指示网络侧设备所支持的定位参考信号的资源配置。终端设备向网络侧设备请求一个或多个配置参数,相当于向网络侧设备请求与该一个或多个配置参数关联的资源配置。由于多个配置参数的数据量远小于由这多个配置参数组合得到的定位参考信号的多套资源配置的数据量。因此,相较于网络侧设备告知终端设备所支持的全部的资源配置来说,网络设备告知终端设备所支持的配置参数,可降低用于指示定位参考信号的资源配置的信令开销。另外,终端设备请求资源配置时,可以按照配置参数的最小单位来请求,相较于按照资源配置来请求,更加灵活。The terminal device receives the first indication information from the network side device (network device or location management device), and sends a first request message to the network device or location management device. Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter used to configure the resource of the positioning reference signal, and a first value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter. The first request message includes a first configuration parameter belonging to at least one configuration parameter. In this solution, the network side device may indicate to the terminal device one or more configuration parameters used to configure resources of the positioning reference signal, and may also recommend values of these configuration parameters to the terminal device. Through a combination of one or more configuration parameters, the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal supported by the network side device can be indicated. Requesting one or more configuration parameters from the network side device by the terminal device is equivalent to requesting resource configuration associated with the one or more configuration parameters from the network side device. Since the data volume of multiple configuration parameters is much smaller than the data volume of multiple sets of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal obtained by combining the multiple configuration parameters. Therefore, compared with the network-side device notifying the terminal device of all supported resource configurations, the network device notifying the terminal device of the supported configuration parameters can reduce the signaling overhead for indicating the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal. In addition, when a terminal device requests resource configuration, it can request according to the smallest unit of configuration parameters, which is more flexible than requesting according to resource configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息携带在辅助数据内。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is carried in auxiliary data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息还包括如下信息中的一项或多项:第一信息、第二信息或者第三信息。其中,第一信息用于指示第一取值集合的有效时间。第二信息用于指示是否支持至少两种配置参数进行组合。第三信息用于指示是否允许第一取值集合以外的取值。该方案进一步提供了请求各个配置参数的触发条件,以尽量避免终端设备发送不必要的第一请求消息,降低终端设备的信令开销以及功耗。例如,网络设备支持的各个配置参数的取值集合具有有效时间,终端设备在除第一配置参数的有效时间之外的时间向网络设备发送第一请求消息,网络设备无法为终端设备配置与第一请求消息匹配的资源配置。那么在除第一配置参数的有效时间之外的时间内,终端设备无需发送第一请求消息,可降低终端设备的信令开销以及功耗。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, or third information. Wherein, the first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set. The second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported. The third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set. The solution further provides a trigger condition for requesting each configuration parameter, so as to prevent the terminal device from sending unnecessary first request messages as much as possible, and reduce signaling overhead and power consumption of the terminal device. For example, the value set of each configuration parameter supported by the network device has an effective time, and the terminal device sends the first request message to the network device at a time other than the effective time of the first configuration parameter, and the network device cannot configure the terminal device with the second request message. A request message matching resource configuration. Then, during the time except the valid time of the first configuration parameter, the terminal device does not need to send the first request message, which can reduce the signaling overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合是第一配置参数的第一取值集合的子集。该方案中,终端设备可在网络设备支持的第一配置参数的取值集合内请求第一配置参数,以尽量提高获取定位参考信号的资源的成功率。In a possible implementation manner, the first request message includes a second value set of the first configuration parameter. The second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter. In this solution, the terminal device may request the first configuration parameter within the value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device, so as to maximize the success rate of obtaining resources of the positioning reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合与第一配置参数的第一取值集合不存在交集。该方案中,终端设备可以在网络设备支持的第一配置参数的取值集合之外请求第一配置参数。从而适用于网络设备或定位管理功能推荐的第一配置参数的取值集合无法满足终端设备的实际定位需求的场景。In a possible implementation manner, the first request message includes a second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is no intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter. In this solution, the terminal device may request the first configuration parameter beyond the value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device. Therefore, it is applicable to a scenario where the value set of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function cannot meet the actual location requirement of the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合与第一配置参数的第一取值集合存在交集。该方案中,终端设备可在网络设备支持的第一配置参数的取值集合内请求与第一配置参数匹配的定位参考信号的资源配置,也可以在网络设备支持的第一配置参数的取值集合之外请求第一配置参数匹配的定位参考信号的资源配置。既适用于网络设备或定位管理功能推荐的第一配置参数的取值集合能够满足终端设备的实际定位需求的场景,又适用于网络设备或定位管理功能推荐的第一配置参数的取值集合无法满足终端设备的实际定位需求的场景。In a possible implementation manner, the first request message includes a second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is an intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter. In this solution, the terminal device can request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal matching the first configuration parameter within the value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device, or request Resource configuration of positioning reference signals matching the first configuration parameter is requested outside the set. It is not only applicable to the scenario where the value set of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function can meet the actual location requirements of the terminal device, but also applicable to the scenario where the value set of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function cannot Scenarios that meet the actual positioning requirements of terminal devices.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一请求消息包括第四信息。该第四信息用于指示至少一个配置参数分别对应的多个取值集合,其中,不同取值集合的优先级不同。该方案中,终端设备可向网络侧设备请求一个配置参数的多个取值集合。网络设备可按照优先级顺序为终端设备配置定位参考信号资源,以尽量满足终端设备的请求。在多个终端设备请求定位参考信号资源的场景中,各个终端设备的多个取值集合可为网络设备为各个终端设备配置定位参考信号资源提供参考。即网络设备可综合多个终端设备分别对应的多个取值集合来决策为各个终端设备配置合理的定位参考信号资源。例如,以尽量满足多个终端设备的需求。另外,终端设备发送一次第一请求消息即可获取网络设备配置的定位参考信号的资源。即无需终端设备发送多次第一请求消息,从而降低了请求定位参考信号的资源的信令开销。In a possible implementation manner, the first request message includes fourth information. The fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities. In this solution, the terminal device may request multiple value sets of a configuration parameter from the network side device. The network device may configure positioning reference signal resources for the terminal device in order of priority, so as to satisfy the request of the terminal device as much as possible. In a scenario where multiple terminal devices request positioning reference signal resources, the multiple value sets of each terminal device can provide a reference for the network device to configure positioning reference signal resources for each terminal device. That is, the network device can combine multiple value sets respectively corresponding to multiple terminal devices to decide to configure reasonable positioning reference signal resources for each terminal device. For example, to try to meet the requirements of multiple terminal devices. In addition, the terminal device can acquire the resource of the positioning reference signal configured by the network device by sending the first request message once. That is, there is no need for the terminal device to send multiple first request messages, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of requesting resources for positioning reference signals.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求消息还用于指示多个取值集合的优先级。例如,第一请求信息还包括第五信息,该第五信息可用于指示多个取值集合的优先级。该方案中,多个取值集合的优先级可以是指示的,更为灵活。In a possible implementation manner, the first request message is further used to indicate priorities of multiple value sets. For example, the first request information further includes fifth information, which may be used to indicate priorities of multiple value sets. In this solution, the priority of multiple value sets can be indicated, which is more flexible.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:终端设备向位置管理设备或网络设备发送第二请求消息,该第二请求消息用于查询定位参考信号的配置参数。该方案中,终端设 备可事先请求网络侧支持的配置参数,和/或,请求网络侧支持的配置参数的取值集合。网络侧基于终端设备的请求,发送第一指示信息。即网络侧可按需发送支持的配置参数,无需发送不必要的第一指示信息,从而降低信令开销。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device sends a second request message to the location management device or the network device, where the second request message is used to query configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal. In this solution, the terminal device may request in advance the configuration parameters supported by the network side, and/or request the value set of the configuration parameters supported by the network side. The network side sends the first indication information based on the request of the terminal device. That is, the network side can send supported configuration parameters as required without sending unnecessary first indication information, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备或位置管理设备的第一响应消息。根据网络设备是否配置满足第一请求消息的定位参考信号,第一响应消息的实现形式有所不同。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device receives the first response message from the network device or the location management device. Depending on whether the network device is configured with a positioning reference signal that satisfies the first request message, the implementation form of the first response message is different.
示例性的,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第一资源配置。该第一资源配置包括第一配置参数,且第一配置参数的取值满足第一请求消息。该方案中,如果终端设备请求的第一配置参数是网络设备能够满足的,那么网络设备可向终端设备发送第一资源配置。即网络设备为终端设备配置定位参考信号的资源配置,终端设备根据该资源配置发送定位参考信号,从而进行后续的定位。Exemplarily, the first response message includes the first resource configuration of the positioning reference signal. The first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter satisfies the first request message. In this solution, if the first configuration parameter requested by the terminal device can be satisfied by the network device, the network device may send the first resource configuration to the terminal device. That is, the network device configures the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal for the terminal device, and the terminal device sends the positioning reference signal according to the resource configuration, so as to perform subsequent positioning.
示例性的,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第二资源配置和错误指示。第二资源配置包括第一配置参数,且第一配置参数的取值与第一请求消息中第一配置参数的取值不同。错误指示用于指示第一配置参数不满足第一请求消息。该方案中,如果终端设备请求的第一配置参数是网络设备无法满足的,那么网络设备可向终端设备发送第二资源配置以及错误指示。第二资源配置中第一配置参数的取值不是终端设备请求的取值。这种情况下,网络设备还告知终端设备第一配置参数不满足第一请求消息。终端设备可根据第二资源配置发送定位参考信号,从而进行后续的定位,以降低定位时延。或者,终端设备根据错误指示可重新向网络设备请求其他取值的第一配置参数,以尽量满足定位需求。Exemplarily, the first response message includes the second resource configuration and error indication of the positioning reference signal. The second resource configuration includes the first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter is different from the value of the first configuration parameter in the first request message. The error indication is used to indicate that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message. In this solution, if the first configuration parameter requested by the terminal device cannot be satisfied by the network device, the network device may send the second resource configuration and an error indication to the terminal device. The value of the first configuration parameter in the second resource configuration is not the value requested by the terminal device. In this case, the network device further informs the terminal device that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message. The terminal device may send the positioning reference signal according to the second resource configuration, so as to perform subsequent positioning, so as to reduce the positioning delay. Alternatively, the terminal device may re-request the network device for the first configuration parameter with other values according to the error indication, so as to meet the positioning requirement as much as possible.
示例性的,第一响应消息用于指示未能满足第一请求消息。该方案中,如果网络设备无法满足终端设备的请求,那么网络设备可告知终端设备。这样可避免终端设备频繁发送第一请求消息,从而减少信令开销,降低终端设备的功耗。Exemplarily, the first response message is used to indicate that the first request message cannot be satisfied. In this solution, if the network device cannot satisfy the request of the terminal device, the network device may notify the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can avoid sending the first request message frequently, thereby reducing signaling overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
第二方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以所述通信设备为网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description is made by taking the communication device as a network device as an example. The method includes:
网络设备发送第一指示信息,以及接收来自位置管理设备的第一请求消息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示用于配置定位参考信号的资源的至少一个配置参数,以及至少一个配置参数分别对应的第一取值集合。第一请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置,该第一请求消息包括第一配置参数,第一配置参数属于至少一个配置参数。The network device sends the first indication information, and receives the first request message from the location management device. Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter used to configure the resource of the positioning reference signal, and a first value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter. The first request message is used to request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal, the first request message includes a first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter belongs to at least one configuration parameter.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息还包括如下信息中的一项或多项:第一信息、第二信息以及第三信息。其中,第一信息用于指示第一取值集合的有效时间。第二信息用于指示是否支持至少两种配置参数进行组合。第三信息用于指示是否允许第一取值集合以外的取值。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, and third information. Wherein, the first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set. The second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported. The third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合是第一配置参数的第一取值集合的子集。In a possible implementation manner, the first request message includes a second value set of the first configuration parameter. The second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求消息包括第四信息。该第四信息用于指示至少一个配置参数分别对应的多个取值集合,其中,不同取值集合的优先级不同。In a possible implementation manner, the first request message includes fourth information. The fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:网络设备接收来自位置管理设备的第二请求消息。该第二请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的配置参数。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the network device receives the second request message from the location management device. The second request message is used to request configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一响应消息。 其中,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第一资源配置,该第一资源配置包括第一配置参数,第一配置参数的取值满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第二资源配置和错误指示,该第二资源配置包括第一配置参数,第一配置参数的取值与第一请求消息中第一配置参数的取值不同。错误指示用于指示第一配置参数不满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息用于指示未能满足第一请求消息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the network device sending a first response message to the terminal device. Wherein, the first response message includes a first resource configuration of the positioning reference signal, and the first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and a value of the first configuration parameter satisfies the first request message. Alternatively, the first response message includes a second resource configuration and an error indication of the positioning reference signal, the second resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter is the same as the value of the first configuration parameter in the first request message different. The error indication is used to indicate that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message. Alternatively, the first response message is used to indicate that the first request message cannot be satisfied.
关于第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对第一方面以及第一方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍,这里不再赘述。As for the technical effects brought about by the second aspect or various possible implementation manners of the second aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the first aspect and the technical effects of various possible implementation manners of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由第三通信装置执行,第三通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以所述通信设备为位置管理设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method can be executed by a third communication device. The third communication device can be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description is made by taking the communication device as a location management device as an example. The method includes:
位置管理设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,以及接收来自终端设备的第一请求消息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示用于配置定位参考信号的资源的至少一个配置参数,以及至少一个配置参数分别对应的第一取值集合。第一请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置,该第一请求消息包括第一配置参数,第一配置参数属于至少一个配置参数。The location management device sends first indication information to the terminal device, and receives a first request message from the terminal device. Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter used to configure the resource of the positioning reference signal, and a first value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter. The first request message is used to request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal, the first request message includes a first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter belongs to at least one configuration parameter.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息还包括如下信息中的一项或多项:第一信息、第二信息以及第三信息。其中,第一信息用于指示第一取值集合的有效时间。第二信息用于指示是否支持至少两种配置参数进行组合。第三信息用于指示是否允许第一取值集合以外的取值。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, and third information. Wherein, the first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set. The second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported. The third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合是第一配置参数的第一取值集合的子集。In a possible implementation manner, the first request message includes a second value set of the first configuration parameter. The second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求消息包括第四信息。该第四信息用于指示至少一个配置参数分别对应的多个取值集合,其中,不同取值集合的优先级不同。In a possible implementation manner, the first request message includes fourth information. The fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:位置管理设备向网络设备发送第二请求消息。该第二请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的配置参数。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the location management device sends a second request message to the network device. The second request message is used to request configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:位置管理设备向终端设备发送第一响应消息。其中,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第一资源配置,该第一资源配置包括第一配置参数,第一配置参数的取值满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第二资源配置和错误指示,该第二资源配置包括第一配置参数,第一配置参数的取值与第一请求消息中第一配置参数的取值不同。错误指示用于指示第一配置参数不满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息用于指示未能满足第一请求消息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the location management device sends a first response message to the terminal device. Wherein, the first response message includes a first resource configuration of the positioning reference signal, and the first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and a value of the first configuration parameter satisfies the first request message. Alternatively, the first response message includes a second resource configuration and an error indication of the positioning reference signal, the second resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and the value of the first configuration parameter is the same as the value of the first configuration parameter in the first request message different. The error indication is used to indicate that the first configuration parameter does not satisfy the first request message. Alternatively, the first response message is used to indicate that the first request message cannot be satisfied.
关于第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对第一方面以及第一方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍,这里不再赘述。Regarding the third aspect or the technical effects brought about by various possible implementations of the third aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the first aspect and the technical effects of various possible implementations of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以所述通信设备为终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:A fourth aspect provides a communication method that can be executed by a first communication device. The first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description is made by taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example. The method includes:
终端设备接收来自网络设备或位置管理功能的第三指示信息,以及向位置管理设备发送第四请求消息。其中,第三指示信息包括一个或多个标识信息,一个标识信息用于指示定位参考信号的一套资源配置。第四请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置。该方案中,网络侧设备以定位参考信号的资源配置的标识信息的方式,告知终端设备,网络侧设备所支持的定位参考信号的资源配置。相较于,以网络侧设备向终端设备发送定位参考信 号的全部资源配置,降低了信令开销。The terminal device receives the third indication information from the network device or the location management function, and sends a fourth request message to the location management device. Wherein, the third indication information includes one or more pieces of identification information, and one piece of identification information is used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal. The fourth request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal. In this solution, the network-side device notifies the terminal device of the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal supported by the network-side device in the form of identification information of the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal. Compared with all resource configurations in which the network side equipment sends the positioning reference signal to the terminal equipment, the signaling overhead is reduced.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可根据定位的差异化配置不同的定位参考信号的资源配置。在降低信令开销的同时,能够更好地满足各个终端设备的实际需求。例如,不同的定位方法对应的资源配置可不同,也就是,不同的定位方法对应的标识信息可不同。可以理解的是,一种定位方法可对应至少一个标识信息,不同的定位方法对应的标识信息可部分不同或者全部不同。又例如,终端设备的不同无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)状态对应的标识信息可不同。可以理解的是,一种RRC状态可对应至少一个标识信息,不同的RRC状态对应的标识信息可部分不同或者全部不同。又例如,不同的定位需求对应的资源配置可不同,也就是不同的定位需求对应的标识信息可不同。可以理解的是,一种定位需求可对应至少一个标识信息,不同的定位需求对应的标识信息可部分不同或者全部不同。定位需求可包括如下的一种或多种:定位精度、定位时延、终端设备的功耗、定位可靠性,或者定位置信度。In a possible implementation manner, different positioning reference signal resource configurations may be configured according to positioning differences. While reducing the signaling overhead, the actual requirements of each terminal device can be better met. For example, resource configurations corresponding to different positioning methods may be different, that is, identification information corresponding to different positioning methods may be different. It can be understood that a positioning method may correspond to at least one piece of identification information, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods may be partly or completely different. For another example, the identification information corresponding to different radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) states of the terminal device may be different. It can be understood that one RRC state may correspond to at least one piece of identification information, and the identification information corresponding to different RRC states may be partially or completely different. For another example, resource configurations corresponding to different positioning requirements may be different, that is, identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements may be different. It can be understood that a positioning requirement may correspond to at least one identification information, and identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements may be partly or completely different. The positioning requirements may include one or more of the following: positioning accuracy, positioning delay, power consumption of terminal equipment, positioning reliability, or positioning reliability.
在可能的实现方式中,第四请求消息包括第一标识信息。该第一标识信息根据终端设备定位的差异化有所不同。In a possible implementation manner, the fourth request message includes the first identification information. The first identification information is different according to the differentiation of terminal device positioning.
示例性的,第一标识信息与第一定位方法对应。第一定位方法为终端设备当前使用的定位方法。该方案中,网络设备根据终端设备的定位方法为终端设备配置匹配的标识信息,以满足终端设备的定位方法要求的资源配置。Exemplarily, the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method. The first positioning method is the positioning method currently used by the terminal device. In this solution, the network device configures matching identification information for the terminal device according to the positioning method of the terminal device, so as to meet the resource configuration required by the positioning method of the terminal device.
示例性的,第一标识信息与终端设备的RRC状态对应。该方案中,网络设备根据终端设备的RRC状态为终端设备配置匹配的标识信息,以为终端设备配置与终端设备的RRC状态匹配的资源配置。Exemplarily, the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device. In this solution, the network device configures matching identification information for the terminal device according to the RRC state of the terminal device, so as to configure resource configuration matching the RRC state of the terminal device for the terminal device.
示例性的,第一标识信息与至少一个定位需求对应。该方案中,网络设备根据终端设备的定位需求为终端设备配置匹配的标识信息,满足终端设备实际的定位需求。Exemplarily, the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement. In this solution, the network device configures matching identification information for the terminal device according to the positioning requirement of the terminal device, so as to meet the actual positioning requirement of the terminal device.
第五方面,提供了一种通信可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以所述通信设备为网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:In a fifth aspect, it is provided that communication can be performed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description is made by taking the communication device as a network device as an example. The method includes:
网络设备发送第三指示信息,以及接收来自位置管理设备的第四请求消息。其中,第三指示信息包括一个或多个标识信息,一个标识信息用于指示定位参考信号的一套资源配置。第四请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置。The network device sends third indication information, and receives a fourth request message from the location management device. Wherein, the third indication information includes one or more pieces of identification information, and one piece of identification information is used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal. The fourth request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第四请求消息包括第一标识信息。其中,第一标识信息与第一定位方法对应。第一定位方法为终端设备当前使用的定位方法,不同的定位方法对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。或者,第一标识信息与终端设备的RRC状态对应。不同的RRC状态对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。或者,第一标识信息与终端设备的至少一个定位需求对应,不同的定位需求对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。In a possible implementation manner, the fourth request message includes the first identification information. Wherein, the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method. The first positioning method is a positioning method currently used by the terminal device, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods is partially or completely different. Or, the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device. The identification information corresponding to different RRC states is partly or completely different. Alternatively, the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement of the terminal device, and part or all of the identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements is different.
关于第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对第四方面以及第四方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍,这里不再赘述。Regarding the fifth aspect or the technical effects brought about by various possible implementations of the fifth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the fourth aspect and the technical effects of various possible implementations of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第六方面,提供了一种通信方法可由第三通信装置执行,第三通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以所述通信设备为位置管理设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:A sixth aspect provides a communication method that can be executed by a third communication device. The third communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system. The following description is made by taking the communication device as a location management device as an example. The method includes:
位置管理设备发送第三指示信息,以及接收来自终端设备的第四请求消息。该第三指示信息包括一个或多个标识信息,一个标识信息用于指示定位参考信号的一套资源配置。 第一请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置。The location management device sends third indication information, and receives a fourth request message from the terminal device. The third indication information includes one or more pieces of identification information, and one piece of identification information is used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal. The first request message is used to request resource configuration of the positioning reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第四请求消息包括第一标识信息。其中,第一标识信息与第一定位方法对应。第一定位方法为终端设备当前使用的定位方法,不同的定位方法对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。或者,第一标识信息与终端设备的RRC状态对应。不同的RRC状态对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。或者,第一标识信息与终端设备的至少一个定位需求对应,不同的定位需求对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。In a possible implementation manner, the fourth request message includes the first identification information. Wherein, the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method. The first positioning method is a positioning method currently used by the terminal device, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods is partially or completely different. Or, the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device. The identification information corresponding to different RRC states is partly or completely different. Alternatively, the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement of the terminal device, and part or all of the identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements is different.
关于第六方面或第六方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对第四方面以及第四方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍,这里不再赘述。Regarding the sixth aspect or the technical effects brought about by various possible implementations of the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the fourth aspect and the technical effects of various possible implementations of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现上述第一方面或第四方面的方法实例中行为的功能,有益效果可以参见第一方面或第四方面的描述此处不再赘述。该通信装置可以是第一方面或第四方面中的终端设备,或者该通信装置可以是能够支持第一方面或第四方面中的终端设备实现第一方面或第四方面提供的方法所需的功能的装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。In the seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device has the function of realizing the behavior in the method example of the first aspect or the fourth aspect above, and the beneficial effect can refer to the description of the first aspect or the fourth aspect I won't repeat them here. The communication device may be the terminal device in the first aspect or the fourth aspect, or the communication device may be capable of supporting the terminal device in the first aspect or the fourth aspect to implement the method provided by the first aspect or the fourth aspect A functional device, such as a chip or system-on-a-chip.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信装置包括用于执行第一方面或第四方面的方法的相应手段(means)或模块。例如,所述通信装置:包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块)和/或收发单元(有时也称为收发模块)。这些单元(模块)可以执行上述第一方面或第四方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a possible design, the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for performing the method of the first aspect or the fourth aspect. For example, the communication device: includes a processing unit (sometimes also called a processing module) and/or a transceiver unit (sometimes also called a transceiver module). These units (modules) can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the first aspect or the fourth aspect, for details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, and details are not repeated here.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现上述第二方面或第五方面的方法实例中行为的功能,有益效果可以参见第二方面或第五方面的描述此处不再赘述。该通信装置可以是第二方面或第五方面中的网络设备,或者该通信装置可以是能够支持第二方面或第五方面中的网络设备实现第二方面或第五方面提供的方法所需的功能的装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。In the eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device has the function of realizing the behavior in the method example of the second aspect or the fifth aspect above, and the beneficial effect can refer to the description of the second aspect or the fifth aspect I won't repeat them here. The communication device may be the network device in the second aspect or the fifth aspect, or the communication device may be capable of supporting the network device in the second aspect or the fifth aspect to implement the method provided by the second aspect or the fifth aspect A functional device, such as a chip or system-on-a-chip.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信装置包括用于执行第二方面或第五方面的方法的相应手段(means)或模块。例如,所述通信装置:包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块)和/或收发单元(有时也称为收发模块)。这些单元(模块)可以执行上述第二方面或第五方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a possible design, the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for performing the method of the second aspect or the fifth aspect. For example, the communication device: includes a processing unit (sometimes also called a processing module) and/or a transceiver unit (sometimes also called a transceiver module). These units (modules) can perform corresponding functions in the method examples of the second aspect or the fifth aspect, for details, refer to the detailed description in the method examples, and details are not repeated here.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现上述第三方面或第六方面的方法实例中行为的功能,有益效果可以参见第三方面或第六方面的描述此处不再赘述。该通信装置可以是第三方面或第六方面中的位置管理设备,或者该通信装置可以是能够支持第三方面或第六方面中的位置管理设备实现第三方面或第六方面提供的方法所需的功能的装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。In the ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device has the function of realizing the behavior in the method example of the third aspect or the sixth aspect, and the beneficial effect can refer to the description of the third aspect or the sixth aspect I won't repeat them here. The communication device may be the location management device in the third aspect or the sixth aspect, or the communication device may be capable of supporting the location management device in the third aspect or the sixth aspect to implement the method provided in the third aspect or the sixth aspect A device, such as a chip or a system-on-a-chip, that performs the desired function.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信装置包括用于执行第三方面或第六方面的方法的相应手段(means)或模块。例如,所述通信装置:包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块)和/或收发单元(有时也称为收发模块)。这些单元(模块)可以执行上述第三方面或第六方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a possible design, the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for performing the method of the third aspect or the sixth aspect. For example, the communication device: includes a processing unit (sometimes also called a processing module) and/or a transceiver unit (sometimes also called a transceiver module). These units (modules) can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the third aspect or the sixth aspect, for details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, and details are not repeated here.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述实施例中第七方面或第八方面或第九方面中的通信装置,或者为设置在第七方面或第八方面或第九方面中的通信装置中的芯片或芯片系统。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器,可选的,还包括存储器。其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令或者数据,处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合,当处理器读取所述计算机程序或指令或数据时,使通信装置执行上述方法实施例 中由终端设备或网络设备或LMF所执行的方法。In the tenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be the communication device in the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, or the ninth aspect in the above embodiments, or the communication device set in the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect Or the chip or chip system in the communication device in the ninth aspect. The communication device includes a communication interface, a processor, and optionally, a memory. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions or data, and the processor is coupled with the memory and the communication interface, and when the processor reads the computer programs or instructions or data, the communication device executes the method described above in the embodiment of the terminal device Or a method implemented by a network device or LMF.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括输入输出接口和逻辑电路。输入输出接口用于输入和/或输出信息。逻辑电路用于执行第一方面中所述的方法,或者逻辑电路用于执行第二方面中所述的方法,或者逻辑电路用于执行第三方面中所述的方法。或者,逻辑电路用于执行第四方面中所述的方法,或者逻辑电路用于执行第五方面中所述的方法,或者逻辑电路用于执行第六方面中所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes an input and output interface and a logic circuit. The input and output interfaces are used to input and/or output information. The logic circuit is used to execute the method described in the first aspect, or the logic circuit is used to execute the method described in the second aspect, or the logic circuit is used to execute the method described in the third aspect. Alternatively, the logic circuit is used to perform the method described in the fourth aspect, or the logic circuit is used to perform the method described in the fifth aspect, or the logic circuit is used to perform the method described in the sixth aspect.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器和/或通信接口,用于实现第一方面或第二方面或第三方面中所述的方法。在一种可能的实现方式中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,用于保存程序指令和/或数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes a processor, and may also include a memory and/or a communication interface, for implementing the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect. Methods. In a possible implementation manner, the chip system further includes a memory, configured to store program instructions and/or data. The system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器和/或通信接口,用于实现第四方面或第五方面或第六方面中所述的方法。在一种可能的实现方式中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,用于保存程序指令和/或数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes a processor, and may also include a memory and/or a communication interface, for implementing the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, or the sixth aspect. Methods. In a possible implementation manner, the chip system further includes a memory, configured to store program instructions and/or data. The system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括第七方面中用于实现第一方面中方法的通信装置、第八方面中用于实现第二方面中方法的通信装置和第九方面中用于实现第三方面中方法的通信装置。或者,所述通信系统包括第七方面中用于实现第四方面中方法的通信装置、第八方面中用于实现第五方面中方法的通信装置和第九方面中用于实现第六方面中方法的通信装置。In the fourteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, the communication system includes the communication device for implementing the method in the first aspect in the seventh aspect, and the communication device for implementing the method in the second aspect in the eighth aspect. The communication device and the communication device in the ninth aspect for implementing the method in the third aspect. Alternatively, the communication system includes the communication device used to implement the method in the fourth aspect in the seventh aspect, the communication device used to implement the method in the fifth aspect in the eighth aspect, and the communication device used in the ninth aspect to implement the method in the sixth aspect. method of communication.
第十五方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当该计算机程序被运行时,实现上述第一方面至第六方面中任一方面中的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed, any one of the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects can be realized Methods.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码被运行时,使得上述第一方面至第六方面中任一方面中的方法被执行。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method in any one of the above first to sixth aspects be executed.
上述第七方面至第十六方面及其实现方式的有益效果可以参考对第一方面或第四方面或第一方面或第四方面及其实现方式的有益效果的描述。For the beneficial effects of the seventh to sixteenth aspects and their implementations, reference may be made to the description of the first or fourth aspect or the beneficial effects of the first or fourth aspect and their implementations.
图1为终端设备和LMF按需请求下行定位参考信号的资源配置的流程示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic flow diagram of a terminal device and an LMF requesting resource configuration of a downlink positioning reference signal on demand;
图2为本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的定位架构的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a positioning architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的网络架构图;FIG. 3 is a network architecture diagram of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例适用的另一种通信系统的网络架构图;FIG. 4 is a network architecture diagram of another communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例适用的再一种通信系统的网络架构图;FIG. 5 is a network architecture diagram of another communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a first communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flow diagram of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一种结构示意图;FIG. 9 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的另一种结构示意图;FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一通信装置的另一种结构示意图。FIG. 11 is another schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
为使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
为方便理解本申请各个实施例提供的技术方案,首先对本申请实施例涉及的部分技术术语进行解释说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions provided by the various embodiments of the present application, some technical terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are explained first.
1)终端设备,可为用户设备(user equipment,UE),有时也称为终端、接入站、UE站、远方站、无线通信设备、或用户装置等等。终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以向网络设备发送信号,或接收来自网络设备的信号。所述终端设备用于连接人,物,机器等,可广泛用于各种场景,例如包括但不限于以下场景:蜂窝通信、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IoT)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、工业控制(industrial control)、无人驾驶(self driving)、远程医疗(remote medical)、智能电网(smart grid)、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通,智慧城市(smart city)、无人机、机器人等场景的终端设备。1) The terminal equipment can be user equipment (user equipment, UE), sometimes also referred to as terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication equipment, or user device, etc. A terminal device is a device with a wireless transceiver function, which can send signals to or receive signals from network devices. The terminal device is used to connect people, things, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, including but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D), car-to-everything (vehicle to everything, V2X), machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC), Internet of things (Internet of things, IoT), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) , augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), industrial control (industrial control), unmanned driving (self driving), telemedicine (remote medical), smart grid (smart grid), smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation , Terminal equipment for smart cities, drones, robots and other scenarios.
本申请实施例中的所述终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、IoT网络中智能音箱、远程医疗中的无线终端设备、智能电网中的无线终端设备、运输安全中的无线终端设备、智慧城市中的无线终端设备,或智慧家庭中的无线终端设备等等。作为示例而非限定,在本申请的实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal , wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, smart speakers in IoT networks, wireless terminal devices in telemedicine, wireless terminal devices in smart grids, and transportation safety Wireless terminal equipment, wireless terminal equipment in a smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in a smart home, etc. As an example but not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc., which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes wait.
终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为,能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。另外,本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是指用于实现终端的功能的装置,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。例如终端设备也可以是车辆探测器。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。Terminal devices may also include relays. Or it can be understood that all devices capable of performing data communication with the base station can be regarded as terminal devices. The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal devices. ). In addition, in this embodiment of the present application, a terminal device may refer to a device for implementing a terminal function, or may be a device capable of supporting a terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device. For example, the terminal can also be a vehicle detector. In the embodiment of the present application, the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the terminal equipment as an example for realizing the terminal functions.
2)网络设备,是终端设备通过无线方式接入到该移动通信系统中的接入设备,包括接入网(access network,AN)设备,例如基站。网络设备也可以是指在空口与终端设备通信的设备。网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B),可简称为eNB或e-NodeB)。eNB是一种部署在无线接入网中满足第四代移动通信技术(the fourth generation,4G)标准的为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置。网络设备还可以是新无线控制器(new radio controller,NR controller),可以是5G系统中的(gNode B,gNB),可以是集中式网元(centralized unit),可以是新无线基站,可以是射频拉远模块,可以是 微基站(也称为小站),可以是中继(relay),可以是分布式网元(distributed unit),可以是各种形式的宏基站,可以是传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、传输测量功能(transmission measurement function,TMF)或传输点(transmission point,TP)或者任何其它无线接入设备,本申请实施例不限于此。网络设备也可以包括无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。本申请的实施例对网络设备所使用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。网络设备在4G系统中可以对应eNB,在5G系统中对应gNB。2) A network device is an access device for a terminal device to access the mobile communication system through wireless means, including an access network (access network, AN) device, such as a base station. A network device may also refer to a device that communicates with a terminal device over an air interface. The network equipment may include an evolved base station (evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or an advanced long term evolution (long term evolution-advanced, LTE-A), which may be referred to as eNB or e-NodeB). An eNB is a device deployed in a radio access network that meets the standards of the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the fourth generation, 4G) and provides wireless communication functions for terminal equipment. The network device can also be a new wireless controller (new radio controller, NR controller), it can be a (gNode B, gNB) in the 5G system, it can be a centralized network element (centralized unit), it can be a new wireless base station, it can be a The radio remote module can be a micro base station (also called a small station), a relay, a distributed unit, various forms of macro base stations, or a transmission and receiving point (transmission reception point, TRP), transmission measurement function (transmission measurement function, TMF) or transmission point (transmission point, TP) or any other wireless access device, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. The network equipment may also include a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller, BSC), a base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), a home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the network device. Network equipment can correspond to eNB in the 4G system, and correspond to gNB in the 5G system.
另外,本申请实施例中的基站可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),多个DU可以由一个CU集中控制。CU和DU可以根据其具备的无线网络的协议层功能进行划分,例如分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层和介质访问控制(medium access control,MAC)层等的功能设置在DU。需要说明的是,这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,还可以在其它协议层划分。射频装置可以拉远,不放在DU中,也可以集成在DU中,或者部分拉远部分集成在DU中,本申请实施例不作任何限制。另外,在一些实施例中,还可以将CU的控制面(control plan,CP)和用户面(user plan,UP)分离,分成不同实体来实现,分别为控制面CU实体(CU-CP实体)和用户面CU实体(CU-UP实体)。在该网络架构中,CU产生的信令可以通过DU发送给终端设备,或者UE产生的信令可以通过DU发送给CU。DU可以不对该信令进行解析而直接通过协议层封装而透传给UE或CU。在该网络架构中,将CU划分为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)侧的网络设备,此外,也可以将CU划分作为核心网(core network,CN)侧的网络设备,本申请对此不做限制。In addition, the base station in this embodiment of the present application may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU. CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer functions of the wireless network they have. For example, the functions of the packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer and the protocol layer above are set in the protocol layer below the CU and PDCP, such as the wireless link Functions such as the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer and the medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer are set in the DU. It should be noted that the division of such protocol layers is only an example, and may also be divided in other protocol layers. The radio frequency device can be remote, not placed in the DU, or integrated in the DU, or partially remote and partially integrated in the DU, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In addition, in some embodiments, the control plane (control plan, CP) and the user plane (user plan, UP) of the CU can also be separated and divided into different entities for implementation, respectively being the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) And user plane CU entity (CU-UP entity). In this network architecture, the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the terminal device through the DU, or the signaling generated by the UE can be sent to the CU through the DU. The DU can directly transmit the signaling to the UE or CU through protocol layer encapsulation without parsing the signaling. In this network architecture, the CU is divided into network devices on the radio access network (radio access network, RAN) side. In addition, the CU can also be divided into network devices on the core network (core network, CN) side. This is not limited.
3)定位管理设备,具有定位功能。本申请实施例涉及的定位管理设备可包括位置管理功能(location management function,LMF)或者位置管理组件(location management component,LMC),或者可以是位于网络设备中的本地位置管理功能(local location management function,LLMF),本申请实施例对此不作限定。为了方便描述,下述实施例均以定位管理设备为LMF为例进行介绍。3) The location management device has a location function. The location management device involved in the embodiment of the present application may include a location management function (location management function, LMF) or a location management component (location management component, LMC), or may be a local location management function (local location management function) located in a network device , LLMF), which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For convenience of description, the following embodiments are introduced by taking the location management device as an LMF as an example.
4)定位方法,根据定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS)的来源,定位方法分为以下三类:下行定位方法、上行定位方法以及上下行联合定位方法。需要说明的是,这里上行和下行是相对而言的,如果网络设备到终端设备的传输方向为下行(本文以此为例),那么终端设备到网络设备的传输方向为上行。相反,如果网络设备到终端设备的传输方向为上行,那么终端设备到网络设备的传输方向为下行。4) Positioning method, according to the source of the positioning reference signal (positioning reference signal, PRS), the positioning method is divided into the following three categories: downlink positioning method, uplink positioning method and uplink and downlink joint positioning method. It should be noted that the uplink and downlink are relative terms. If the transmission direction from the network device to the terminal device is downlink (this article takes this as an example), then the transmission direction from the terminal device to the network device is uplink. On the contrary, if the transmission direction from the network device to the terminal device is uplink, then the transmission direction from the terminal device to the network device is downlink.
下行定位方法,终端设备对网络侧发送的下行定位参考信号(downlink positioning reference signal,DL-PRS)进行测量。终端设备根据测量结果估计终端设备的位置,实现下行定位。In the downlink positioning method, the terminal device measures the downlink positioning reference signal (DL-PRS) sent by the network side. The terminal device estimates the position of the terminal device according to the measurement result, and realizes downlink positioning.
上行定位方法,网络设备对终端设备发送的上行定位参考信号(uplink positioning reference signal,UL-PRS)进行测量。网络设备根据测量结果估计终端设备的位置,实现上行定位。上行定位参考信号可以是探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS),或者其他可用于上行测量的参考信号。本申请实施例对此并不进行限定。In the uplink positioning method, the network device measures an uplink positioning reference signal (uplink positioning reference signal, UL-PRS) sent by the terminal device. The network device estimates the location of the terminal device based on the measurement results to realize uplink positioning. The uplink positioning reference signal may be a sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), or other reference signals that can be used for uplink measurement. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
上下行联合定位方法,网络设备对来自终端设备的上行定位信号进行测量,以及终端设备对来自网络设备下行定位参考信号进行测量。基于网络设备的测量结果和终端设备的测量结果估计终端设备的位置。In the uplink and downlink joint positioning method, the network device measures the uplink positioning signal from the terminal device, and the terminal device measures the downlink positioning reference signal from the network device. The location of the terminal device is estimated based on the measurements of the network device and the measurements of the terminal device.
5)定位频率层(positioning frequency layer,PFL),可简称为频率层(frequency layer,FL),是指具有以下一个或多个特征的TRP的下行定位参考信号资源集的集合:相同的子载波间隔(sub-carrier space,SCS),相同的循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)类型,相同的中心频率,相同的Point A,以及相同的PRS带宽和起始物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)。Point A指整个资源的公共参考点。Point A为NR载波的最低公共资源块(common resource block 0,CRB0)的最低始子载波(subcarrier 0)的中心频率,也即频域最低边界。5) The positioning frequency layer (positioning frequency layer, PFL), which may be referred to as the frequency layer (frequency layer, FL) for short, refers to a set of downlink positioning reference signal resource sets of TRPs with one or more of the following characteristics: the same subcarrier Interval (sub-carrier space, SCS), the same cyclic prefix (cyclic prefix, CP) type, the same center frequency, the same Point A, and the same PRS bandwidth and starting physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB) . Point A refers to the common reference point of the entire resource. Point A is the center frequency of the lowest initial subcarrier (subcarrier 0) of the lowest common resource block (common resource block 0, CRB0) of the NR carrier, that is, the lowest boundary of the frequency domain.
6)定位辅助信息,用于辅助定位终端设备的位置的信息。例如,定位辅助信息可以包括终端设备需要测量的小区索引,例如邻区的小区索引和/或参考小区的小区索引。又例如,定位辅助信息也可以包括定位参考信号的配置信息等。在定位之前,终端设备可向LMF请求定位辅助信息,LMF通过LTE定位协议(LTE positioning protocol,LPP)信令提供辅助数据(provide assistance data),以向终端设备发送定位辅助信息等。6) Positioning assistance information, information used to assist in positioning the position of the terminal device. For example, the positioning assistance information may include a cell index that the terminal device needs to measure, such as a cell index of a neighboring cell and/or a cell index of a reference cell. For another example, the positioning assistance information may also include configuration information of the positioning reference signal and the like. Before positioning, the terminal device can request positioning assistance information from the LMF, and the LMF provides assistance data (provide assistance data) through LTE positioning protocol (LPP) signaling to send positioning assistance information to the terminal device.
7)定位参考信号的资源配置,可理解为,定位参考信号配置一个或多个配置参数。可以通过一个或多个配置参数的组合,可指示一套或多套资源配置。可以理解的是,用于资源配置的配置参数有多个,且每个配置参数的也可能存在多个取值,不同取值的各个配置参数相互组合可形成多套资源配置。以下行定位参考信号的资源配置为例。请参见表1,示出了下行定位参考信号的一些典型配置参数,以及各个典型参数的取值集合。例如,配置参数可包括表1中的PFL、TRP、下行定位参考信号资源集和下行定位参考信号资源。PFL有4个索引值,每个PFL对应64个TRP索引值。每个TRP对应8个下行定位参考信号资源集索引值。每个下行定位参考信号资源集对应64个下行定位参考信号资源索引值。需要说明的是,为了便于理解,表1仅是举例,列出了下行定位参考信号的部分配置参数。网络设备可通过表征各个配置参数的索引来指示为配置的各个配置参数,即指示配置的一套或多套下行定位参考信号的资源配置。每套资源配置包括一个或多个配置参数。不同套资源配置中同一参数的取值可以相同,也可以不同。如果下行定位参考信号的配置参数包括资源带宽(有63个可能的取值)和资源周期(有20个可能的取值),那么网络设备可为终端设备至少配置63×20=1260套资源配置。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,取值范围也称为取值集合。如无特殊说明,本文中,取值范围和取值集合可互相替换。7) The resource configuration of the positioning reference signal can be understood as configuring one or more configuration parameters for the positioning reference signal. One or more sets of resource configurations can be indicated by a combination of one or more configuration parameters. It can be understood that there are multiple configuration parameters for resource configuration, and each configuration parameter may also have multiple values, and various configuration parameters with different values may be combined to form multiple sets of resource configurations. The resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal is taken as an example. Please refer to Table 1, which shows some typical configuration parameters of the downlink positioning reference signal, and a value set of each typical parameter. For example, the configuration parameters may include PFL, TRP, downlink positioning reference signal resource set and downlink positioning reference signal resource in Table 1. PFL has 4 index values, and each PFL corresponds to 64 TRP index values. Each TRP corresponds to 8 downlink positioning reference signal resource set index values. Each downlink positioning reference signal resource set corresponds to 64 downlink positioning reference signal resource index values. It should be noted that, for ease of understanding, Table 1 is only an example, listing some configuration parameters of the downlink positioning reference signal. The network device may indicate each configured configuration parameter through an index characterizing each configured parameter, that is, indicate the configured resource configuration of one or more sets of downlink positioning reference signals. Each resource configuration includes one or more configuration parameters. The value of the same parameter in different sets of resource configurations can be the same or different. If the configuration parameters of the downlink positioning reference signal include resource bandwidth (63 possible values) and resource period (20 possible values), then the network device can configure at least 63×20=1260 sets of resource configurations for the terminal device . It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the application, the value range is also referred to as a value set. Unless otherwise specified, in this article, the range of values and the set of values are interchangeable.
表1Table 1
[根据细则91更正 19.08.2022]
8)“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这十多个些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。[Corrected 19.08.2022 under Rule 91]
8) "At least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these more than ten items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一请求消息和第二请求消息,只是为了区分不同的请求消息,而并不是表示这两种请求消息的内容、优先级、发送顺序或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless otherwise stated, the ordinal numerals such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance. For example, the first request message and the second request message are only used to distinguish different request messages, and do not represent the difference in content, priority, sending order, or importance of the two request messages.
前文介绍了本申请实施例所涉及到的一些技术术语,下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的技术特征。Some technical terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced above, and the technical features involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced below.
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)的版本(release,Rel)-17引入了按需请求定位参考信号的资源配置的机制。也就是,终端设备可根据自身的定位需求请求网络侧改变定位参考信号的资源配置。例如,终端设备目前使用的资源配置不满足定位时延需求,终端设备可根据定位时延需求请求网络侧改变定位参考信号的周期、发送间隔等配置。又例如,终端设备目前使用的资源配置不满足定位精度需求,终端设备可根据定位精度需求请求网络侧改变定位参考信号的带宽、TRP个数等配置。Release (Rel)-17 of the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) introduces a mechanism to request resource allocation of positioning reference signals on demand. That is, the terminal device may request the network side to change the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal according to its own positioning requirements. For example, the resource configuration currently used by the terminal device does not meet the positioning delay requirement, and the terminal device can request the network side to change the configuration such as the cycle and transmission interval of the positioning reference signal according to the positioning delay requirement. For another example, the resource configuration currently used by the terminal device does not meet the positioning accuracy requirements, and the terminal device may request the network side to change configurations such as the bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and the number of TRPs according to the positioning accuracy requirements.
以下行定位参考信号为例,按需请求下行定位参考信号(On-demand DL-PRS)的配置,有两种方式。一种方式(例如称为第一种方式)是终端设备按需请求下行定位参考信号(UE-initiated on-demand DL-PRS)的资源配置。另一种方式(例如称为第二种方式)是LMF按需请求下行定位参考信号(LMF-initiated on-demand DL-PRS)的资源配置。The downlink positioning reference signal is taken as an example. There are two ways to request the configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal (On-demand DL-PRS). One way (for example, referred to as the first way) is that the terminal device requests resource configuration of a downlink positioning reference signal (UE-initiated on-demand DL-PRS) on demand. Another way (for example called the second way) is that the LMF requests resource configuration of a downlink positioning reference signal (LMF-initiated on-demand DL-PRS) on demand.
请参见图1,为终端设备和LMF按需请求下行定位参考信号的资源配置的流程示意图。按需请求下行定位参考信号的资源配置的过程主要包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic flow diagram of requesting resource allocation of downlink positioning reference signals on demand by a terminal device and an LMF. The process of requesting the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal on demand mainly includes the following steps:
S101a、终端设备向LMF发送第一资源请求消息,相应的,LMF接收该第一资源请求消息。第一资源请求消息可用于请求下行定位参考信号的资源配置。S101a. The terminal device sends a first resource request message to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the first resource request message. The first resource request message may be used to request resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal.
第一资源请求消息可包括终端设备根据需求想要的配置参数。也可以理解为,第一资源请求消息用于向LMF推荐下行定位参考信号的配置参数。例如,第一资源请求消息可包括如下的一项或多项:定位参考信号图样(PRS pattern)、定位参考信号资源带宽、定位参考信号资源周期,或定位参考信号资源标识等。LMF可参考第一资源请求消息包含的配置参数,直接或间接地确定终端设备配置用于发送下行定位参考信号的资源配置。The first resource request message may include configuration parameters desired by the terminal device according to requirements. It can also be understood that the first resource request message is used to recommend configuration parameters of the downlink positioning reference signal to the LMF. For example, the first resource request message may include one or more of the following: a positioning reference signal pattern (PRS pattern), a positioning reference signal resource bandwidth, a positioning reference signal resource period, or a positioning reference signal resource identifier. The LMF may refer to the configuration parameters included in the first resource request message, and directly or indirectly determine the resource configuration configured by the terminal device for sending the downlink positioning reference signal.
下行参考信号的配置参数有多个,不同配置参数的组合可形成不同的资源配置,即有多套资源配置。网络设备可支持或允许这多套资源配置中的至少一套资源配置,然而终端设备并不知道网络设备支持哪套或哪几套资源配置。如果终端设备向网络设备发送的第一资源请求消息中包含了网络侧不支持的资源配置,则属于无效请求,会额外增加信令开销,造成资源浪费。There are multiple configuration parameters of the downlink reference signal, and combinations of different configuration parameters can form different resource configurations, that is, there are multiple sets of resource configurations. The network device can support or allow at least one set of resource configurations among the multiple sets of resource configurations, but the terminal device does not know which set or sets of resource configurations are supported by the network device. If the first resource request message sent by the terminal device to the network device includes a resource configuration not supported by the network side, it is an invalid request, which will additionally increase signaling overhead and cause waste of resources.
S102、LMF和网络设备交互信令。S102, the LMF and the network device exchange signaling.
与终端设备类似,LMF也不知道网络设备支持哪套或哪几套资源配置。为此,LMF和网络设备之间可多次进行信令交互,以确定网络设备支持的资源配置。例如,LMF向网络设备请求网络设备支持的资源配置。网络设备响应该请求,向LMF发送网络设备所支持的资源配置。Similar to terminal devices, LMF does not know which set or sets of resource configurations network devices support. To this end, the LMF and the network device may perform signaling interactions multiple times to determine the resource configuration supported by the network device. For example, the LMF requests the resource configuration supported by the network device from the network device. In response to the request, the network device sends the resource configuration supported by the network device to the LMF.
S101b、LMF向网络设备发送第二资源请求消息,相应的,网络设备接收该第二资源请求消息。该第二资源请求消息用于请求下行定位参考信号的资源配置。S101b. The LMF sends a second resource request message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second resource request message. The second resource request message is used to request resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal.
当终端设备需要定位时,LMF请求获取下行定位参考信号的资源配置。例如,LMF可向网络设备(服务基站)发送第二资源请求消息,以获取下行定位参考信号的资源配置。该第二资源请求消息可包括终端设备想要(期望)的一些配置参数。LMF通过S102可确定网络设备是否支持终端设备想要的配置参数。如果网络设备支持终端设备期望的配置参数,LMF可向网络设备发送第二资源请求消息。网络设备可根据第二资源请求消息包含的配置参数来为终端设备配置用于发送下行定位参考信号的资源。由于第二资源请求消息包括的配置参数是终端设备想要的,可认为第二资源请求消息包括的配置参数是推荐给网络设备的,网络设备根据这些配置参数为终端设备配置用于发送下行定位参考信号的资源。例如,第二资源请求消息可包括定位参考信号图样(PRS pattern)、定位参考信号资源带宽、定位参考信号资源周期,或定位参考信号资源标识等中的一种或多种。When the terminal device needs to be positioned, the LMF requests to obtain the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal. For example, the LMF may send a second resource request message to the network device (serving base station), so as to acquire the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal. The second resource request message may include some configuration parameters desired (expected) by the terminal device. Through S102, the LMF can determine whether the network device supports the configuration parameters desired by the terminal device. If the network device supports the configuration parameters expected by the terminal device, the LMF may send a second resource request message to the network device. The network device may configure resources for sending the downlink positioning reference signal for the terminal device according to the configuration parameters included in the second resource request message. Since the configuration parameters included in the second resource request message are desired by the terminal device, it can be considered that the configuration parameters included in the second resource request message are recommended to the network device, and the network device configures the terminal device for sending downlink positioning based on these configuration parameters. Resources for reference signals. For example, the second resource request message may include one or more of a positioning reference signal pattern (PRS pattern), a positioning reference signal resource bandwidth, a positioning reference signal resource period, or a positioning reference signal resource identifier.
需要说明的是,S102和S101b的执行顺序不作限制。也就是,S102可在S101b之前执行,也可以在S101b之后执行。It should be noted that the execution order of S102 and S101b is not limited. That is, S102 may be performed before S101b, or may be performed after S101b.
S103、网络设备通过广播方式发送下行定位参考信号的资源配置。S103. The network device sends the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal in a broadcast manner.
LMF接收到终端设备请求下行定位参考信号的资源配置,LMF可向网络设备发送触发指示,用于触发网络设备向终端设备发送资源配置。可以理解的是,网络设备接收到LMF的触发指示之后,可通过广播方式发送下行定位参考信号的资源配置。例如,网络设备广播系统信息,该系统信息包括下行定位参考信号的资源配置。The LMF receives a request from the terminal device for resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal, and the LMF may send a trigger indication to the network device, so as to trigger the network device to send the resource configuration to the terminal device. It can be understood that, after receiving the trigger indication of the LMF, the network device may broadcast the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal. For example, the network device broadcasts system information, where the system information includes the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal.
S104、LMF向终端设备发送下行定位参考信号的资源配置。S104. The LMF sends the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal to the terminal device.
终端设备向LMF请求下行定位参考信号的资源配置之后,LMF响应该请求,也可向 终端设备发送下行定位参考信号的资源配置。After the terminal device requests the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal to the LMF, the LMF may also send the resource configuration of the downlink positioning reference signal to the terminal device in response to the request.
需要说明的是,S103和S104不是都必须执行。也就是,执行S103,可不执行S104;或者,执行S104,可不执行S103。在S103和S104都执行的情况下,S103可在S104之前执行,也可以在S104之后执行。可以理解的是,第一种方式可包括S101a,S102和S103(或S104);或者,第一种方式可包括S101a、S102、S103以及S104。第二种方式可包括S101b,S102和S103(或S104);或者,第二种方式可包括S101b、S102、S103以及S104。It should be noted that not both of S103 and S104 must be executed. That is, when S103 is executed, S104 may not be executed; or, when S104 is executed, S103 may not be executed. In the case that both S103 and S104 are executed, S103 may be executed before S104, or may be executed after S104. It can be understood that the first way may include S101a, S102 and S103 (or S104); or, the first way may include S101a, S102, S103 and S104. The second manner may include S101b, S102, and S103 (or S104); or, the second manner may include S101b, S102, S103, and S104.
为了让终端设备提前知道网络侧支持的定位参考信号的资源配置,以便于终端设备按需向网络设备请求定位参考信号的资源配置。网络设备会提前将支持的部分或全部资源配置都告知终端设备,以尽量减少终端设备发送不必要的第一资源请求消息。现有协议支持网络设备或LMF以提供辅助数据(provide assistance data)向终端设备发送定位辅助信息。网络设备或LMF也可以以辅助数据的形式将定位参考信号的资源配置发送给终端设备。或者,网络设备或LMF也可以以其它消息或者其他形式将定位参考信号的资源配置发送给终端设备,本申请实施例不作限定。In order to let the terminal device know in advance the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal supported by the network side, so that the terminal device can request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal from the network device as needed. The network device will notify the terminal device of some or all of the supported resource configurations in advance, so as to minimize the sending of unnecessary first resource request messages by the terminal device. Existing protocols support network devices or LMFs to provide assistance data (provide assistance data) to send positioning assistance information to terminal devices. The network device or the LMF may also send the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal to the terminal device in the form of assistance data. Alternatively, the network device or the LMF may also send the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal to the terminal device in other messages or other forms, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
应理解,用于配置定位参考信号的资源配置的配置参数有多个,且各个配置参数具有多个取值。因此,不同取值的各个配置参数可形成多套资源配置。例如,配置参数包括PRS resource set ID、资源带宽、资源周期以及资源集时隙偏置等。PRS resource set ID有8个可能的取值,资源带宽有63个可能的取值,资源周期有20个可能的取值,资源集时隙偏置有81920个可能取值,那么这些配置参数至少有8×63×20×81920=825753600套资源配置。网络设备或LMF向终端设备发送的辅助数据至少包括825753600套资源配置,相应地,用于发送辅助数据的信令开销较大,且发送该辅助数据所需的资源也较多。对于终端设备来说,终端设备接收这么多套资源配置,也会增加功耗。终端设备存储所接收的多套资源配置,需要更大的存储空间,即对终端设备的存储空间的要求也较高。It should be understood that there are multiple configuration parameters for configuring the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal, and each configuration parameter has multiple values. Therefore, various configuration parameters with different values can form multiple sets of resource configurations. For example, configuration parameters include PRS resource set ID, resource bandwidth, resource period, and resource set time slot offset. PRS resource set ID has 8 possible values, resource bandwidth has 63 possible values, resource period has 20 possible values, resource set time slot offset has 81920 possible values, then these configuration parameters are at least There are 8×63×20×81920=825753600 sets of resource configurations. The auxiliary data sent by the network device or the LMF to the terminal device includes at least 825,753,600 sets of resource configurations. Correspondingly, the signaling overhead for sending the auxiliary data is large, and the resources required for sending the auxiliary data are also large. For a terminal device, receiving so many sets of resource configurations by the terminal device will also increase power consumption. The storage of multiple sets of resource configurations received by the terminal device requires a larger storage space, that is, the requirement for the storage space of the terminal device is relatively high.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供了一种技术方案。在该方案中,网络侧设备可向终端设备推荐发送定位参考信号的资源的一个或多个配置参数,还可以向终端设备推荐这些配置参数的取值集合。网络侧设备通过一个或多个配置参数的组合,可指示网络侧设备所支持的定位参考信号的一套或多套资源配置。终端设备向网络侧请求一个或多个配置参数,相当于,终端设备向网络侧请求与该一个或多个配置参数关联的资源配置。应理解,由多个配置参数组合得到的定位参考信号的多套资源配置的数据量大于这多个配置参数的数据量。因此,相较于网络侧设备告知终端设备所支持的全部的资源配置来说,网络设备告知终端设备所支持的配置参数,可降低用于指示定位参考信号的资源配置的信令开销。另外,终端设备请求资源配置时,可以按照配置参数的粒度来请求,相较于按照资源配置的粒度来请求,更加灵活。可以理解的是,本文中,网络侧设备可包括网络设备或位置管理设备。In view of this, the embodiment of the present application provides a technical solution. In this solution, the network side device may recommend to the terminal device one or more configuration parameters of resources for sending positioning reference signals, and may also recommend a value set of these configuration parameters to the terminal device. Through a combination of one or more configuration parameters, the network side device can indicate one or more sets of resource configurations of positioning reference signals supported by the network side device. The terminal device requests the network side for one or more configuration parameters, which is equivalent to the terminal device requesting the network side for resource configuration associated with the one or more configuration parameters. It should be understood that the data volume of multiple sets of resource configurations of positioning reference signals obtained by combining multiple configuration parameters is greater than the data volume of these multiple configuration parameters. Therefore, compared with the network-side device notifying the terminal device of all supported resource configurations, the network device notifying the terminal device of the supported configuration parameters can reduce the signaling overhead for indicating the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal. In addition, when a terminal device requests resource configuration, it can request according to the granularity of configuration parameters, which is more flexible than requesting according to the granularity of resource configuration. It can be understood that, herein, the network side device may include a network device or a location management device.
下面结合附图对本申请实施例提供的方案进行详细介绍。The solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:LTE系统、5G系统,如新无线(new radio,NR)系统,或下一代的通信系统,如6G系统等。当然,本申请实施例的技术方案也可以应用于其它的通信系统,只要该通信系统存在对终端的定位需求即可。此外,所述通信系统还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术,本申请实施例描述的系统是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: LTE system, 5G system, such as a new radio (new radio, NR) system, or a next-generation communication system, such as a 6G system. Of course, the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to other communication systems, as long as the communication system has a positioning requirement for the terminal. In addition, the communication system can also be applied to future-oriented communication technologies. The system described in the embodiment of this application is to illustrate the technical solution of the embodiment of the application more clearly, and does not constitute a reference to the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the application. As a limitation, those of ordinary skill in the art know that, with the evolution of the network architecture, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
图2为本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的定位架构的示意图,如图2所示,涉及的网元/模块主要包括下一代无线接入网络(next generation radio access network,NG RAN)、终端设备和核心网三部分。其中,核心网包括LMF、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、服务定位协议(service location protocol,SLP)以及演进服务移动定位中心(evolved serving mobile location centre,E-SMLC)等。定位服务器即定位管理功能(location management function,LMF)连接到AMF,LMF和AMF之间通过NLs接口连接。LMF负责支持有关终端的不同类型的位置服务,包括对终端的定位和向终端传递辅助数据。AMF可以从第5代核心网络定位服务(5th generation core network location services,5GC LCS)实体接收与终端相关的位置服务请求,或者AMF本身也可代表特定终端启动一些位置服务,并将位置服务请求转发给LMF。得到终端返回的位置信息后,将相关位置信息返回给5GC LCS实体。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a positioning architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, the network elements/modules involved mainly include a next generation radio access network (next generation radio access network, NG RAN), There are three parts: terminal equipment and core network. Among them, the core network includes LMF, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), service location protocol (service location protocol, SLP) and evolved serving mobile location center (Evolved serving mobile location center, E-SMLC )wait. The location server is the location management function (location management function, LMF) connected to the AMF, and the LMF and AMF are connected through the NLs interface. The LMF is responsible for supporting different types of location services related to the terminal, including positioning the terminal and delivering assistance data to the terminal. AMF can receive terminal-related location service requests from 5th generation core network location services (5GC LCS) entities, or AMF itself can initiate some location services on behalf of specific terminals and forward location service requests to LMF. After obtaining the location information returned by the terminal, return the relevant location information to the 5GC LCS entity.
NG RAN可以包括下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)、下一代演进型基站(next generation evolved nodeB,ng-eNB)或者未来演进的网络节点等。gNB、ng-eNB之间通过Xn接口连接,LMF与ng-eNB/gNB通过NG-C接口连接。The NG RAN may include a next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), a next generation evolved base station (next generation evolved nodeB, ng-eNB) or a future evolved network node, etc. The gNB and ng-eNB are connected through the Xn interface, and the LMF and ng-eNB/gNB are connected through the NG-C interface.
应理解,上述图2是本申请实施例可适用的通信系统的一种示例性说明,并不对本申请适用的通信系统所包括网元的类型、数量、连接方式等进行具体限定。It should be understood that the foregoing FIG. 2 is an exemplary illustration of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application, and does not specifically limit the type, quantity, and connection mode of network elements included in the communication system applicable to the present application.
例如,图3示出了本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的网络架构,该通信系统包括核心网、NG-RAN和终端。核心网包括LMF、AMF、安全用户平面定位(secure user plane location,SUPL)定位平台(SUPL location platform,SLP)以及增强服务移动定位中心(enhanced serving mobile location centre,E-SMLC)等网元/模块,NG RAN包括gNB、ng-eNB等网元/模块,其中LMF、AMF、SLP、E-SMLC、gNB以及ng-eNB等网元/模块的具体功能、各个网元/模块之间的连接关系可以参见上文图2相关部分的介绍,这里不再赘述。For example, FIG. 3 shows a network architecture of a communication system to which this embodiment of the present application applies, and the communication system includes a core network, an NG-RAN, and a terminal. The core network includes network elements/modules such as LMF, AMF, secure user plane location (secure user plane location, SUPL) location platform (SUPL location platform, SLP) and enhanced serving mobile location center (E-SMLC) , NG RAN includes network elements/modules such as gNB and ng-eNB, among which the specific functions of network elements/modules such as LMF, AMF, SLP, E-SMLC, gNB and ng-eNB, and the connection relationship between each network element/module You can refer to the introduction of the relevant part in FIG. 2 above, and details will not be repeated here.
与图2不同的是,图3所示的网络架构中NG-RAN中增加了LMC,LMC的具体部署方式是设置在基站内部,如设置在gNB中或设置在ng-ENB中。在这种网络架构中,LMC作为是基站内部的一个功能,因此不需要引入新的接口。The difference from Figure 2 is that in the network architecture shown in Figure 3, LMC is added to NG-RAN, and the specific deployment method of LMC is to set it inside the base station, such as setting it in gNB or ng-ENB. In this network architecture, the LMC is an internal function of the base station, so there is no need to introduce a new interface.
图4示出了本申请实施例适用的另一种通信系统的网络架构,如图4所示,通信系统同样包括核心网、NG-RAN和终端。与图3不同的是,图4所示的网络架构中的LMC在NG-RAN中作为一个独立的逻辑节点,通过一个新接口与基站相连接,例如图4中,LMC通过接口Itf与gNB-CU相连。FIG. 4 shows a network architecture of another communication system to which the embodiment of the present application is applicable. As shown in FIG. 4 , the communication system also includes a core network, NG-RAN, and terminals. The difference from Figure 3 is that the LMC in the network architecture shown in Figure 4 acts as an independent logical node in the NG-RAN and is connected to the base station through a new interface. For example, in Figure 4, the LMC communicates with the gNB- The CUs are connected.
图5示出了本申请实施例适用的再一种通信系统的网络架构,如图5所示,通信系统同样包括核心网、NG-RAN和终端,LMC在NG-RAN中作为一个独立的逻辑节点,与图4不同的是,LMC可以图5经过新接口同时与多个基站连接。图5以LMC与两个基站同时相连为例,在具体实施时LMC还可以与更多的基站相连。Figure 5 shows the network architecture of another communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the communication system also includes the core network, NG-RAN and terminals, and the LMC acts as an independent logic in the NG-RAN Node, different from Figure 4 is that the LMC can be connected to multiple base stations at the same time through the new interface as shown in Figure 5 . FIG. 5 takes an example in which the LMC is connected to two base stations at the same time, and the LMC can also be connected to more base stations during specific implementation.
上述图2-图5是本申请实施例可适用的通信系统的一种示例性说明,并不对本申请适用的通信系统所包括网元的类型、数量、连接方式等进行具体限定。且图2-图5中虚线示意的网元/模块不是不必可少的,是可选的,例如E-SMLC或SLP不是必不可少的;或者,虚线示意的网元/模块是另一种存在形式,例如gNB或ng-eNB在一些实施例中也称为TRP,终端设备在一些实施例称为安全用户平面定位(secure user plane location,SUPL)使能终端(SUPL enabled terminal,SET)。The above-mentioned Fig. 2-Fig. 5 is an exemplary description of the communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application, and does not specifically limit the type, quantity, connection mode, etc. of the network elements included in the communication system applicable to the present application. And the network element/module indicated by the dotted line in Figure 2-Figure 5 is not essential, but optional, for example, E-SMLC or SLP is not essential; or, the network element/module indicated by the dotted line is another Existing forms, such as gNB or ng-eNB are also called TRP in some embodiments, and terminal devices are called secure user plane location (secure user plane location, SUPL) enabled terminal (SUPL enabled terminal, SET) in some embodiments.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可应用于终端设备的定位。例如,上行定位、下行定位和上下行定位。需要说明的是,这里上行和下行是相对而言的,如果网络设备到终端设备的传输方向为下行(本文以此为例),那么终端设备到网络设备的传输方向为上行;相反,如果网络设备到终端设备的传输方向为上行,那么终端设备到网络设备的传输方向为下行。The communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the positioning of the terminal device. For example, uplink positioning, downlink positioning, and uplink and downlink positioning. It should be noted that the uplink and downlink are relative terms here. If the transmission direction from the network device to the terminal device is downlink (this article takes this as an example), then the transmission direction from the terminal device to the network device is uplink; on the contrary, if the network The transmission direction from the device to the terminal device is uplink, then the transmission direction from the terminal device to the network device is downlink.
请参见图6,为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图2-图5中任一所示的通信系统为例。另外,该方法可由三个通信装置执行,这三个通信装置例如为第一通信装置、第二通信装置和第三通信装置。为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备、终端设备和位置管理设备执行为例,也就是,以第一通信装置是网络设备、第二通信装置是终端设备,第三通信装置是位置管理设备为例。需要说明的是,本申请实施例只是以通过图2-图5的通信系统为例,并不限制于这种场景。在下文中,以位置管理设备是LMF网元为例,应理解,在未来通信如6G中,定位管理设备仍可以是LMF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请实施例不作限定。另外,网络设备可以是当前为终端设备服务的网络设备。该网络设备可以是NG RAN中的设备,例如gNB、ng-eNB。或者,该网络设备可以是LMC。如前文所述,如果LMC作为网络设备内部的一个功能,那么该网络设备为LMC所在的网络设备。如果LMC的部署方案如图4或图5,即LMC作为一个独立的逻辑节点通过接口与一个网络设备或多个网络设备连接,那么该网络设备为与LMC连接的任意一个网络设备。下文以本申请实施例提供的通信方法应用于下行定位为例。Please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a flow chart of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that the method is applied to any communication system shown in FIG. 2-FIG. 5 . In addition, the method may be executed by three communication devices, such as a first communication device, a second communication device and a third communication device. For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is executed by network equipment, terminal equipment and location management equipment as an example, that is, the first communication device is a network device, the second communication device is a terminal device, and the third communication device is a location management device. Take management devices as an example. It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application only takes the communication system in FIG. 2-FIG. 5 as an example, and is not limited to this scenario. In the following, the location management device is an LMF network element as an example. It should be understood that in future communications such as 6G, the location management device may still be an LMF network element or have other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In addition, the network device may be a network device currently serving the terminal device. The network device may be a device in NG RAN, such as gNB, ng-eNB. Alternatively, the network device may be an LMC. As mentioned above, if the LMC functions as a function inside the network device, then the network device is the network device where the LMC is located. If the deployment scheme of the LMC is shown in Figure 4 or Figure 5, that is, the LMC acts as an independent logical node and is connected to a network device or multiple network devices through an interface, then the network device is any network device connected to the LMC. The following uses the application of the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application to downlink positioning as an example.
具体的,本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的具体流程描述如下:Specifically, the specific flow of the first communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is described as follows:
S601a、网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,相应的,终端设备接收该第一指示信息。该第一指示信息用于指示至少一个配置参数,以及该至少一个配置参数分别对应的取值集合。S601a. The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information. The first indication information is used to indicate at least one configuration parameter and value sets respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter.
第一指示信息可用于指示PRS资源配置的至少一个配置参数,以及至少一个配置参数分别对应的取值集合。PRS资源配置的至少一个配置参数也就是用于配置PRS资源的至少一个配置参数。不同取值的各个配置参数相互组合可形成较多套PRS资源配置。也就是,网络设备通过向终端设备指示(或推荐或建议)网络设备支持的配置参数以及相应的取值集合(范围),来指示网络设备所支持的PRS资源配置。也可理解为,网络设备向终端设备指示(或推荐或建议)终端设备可按需发起请求的PRS资源配置。例如,网络设备支持第一取值的资源周期和第二取值的时隙偏置,那么网络设备支持由第一取值的资源周期和/或第二取值的时隙偏置配置的一套或多套PRS资源配置。应理解,多个配置参数的数据量小于由这多个配置参数组合得到的多套PRS资源配置的数据量。因此,相较于网络侧设备发送所有套的PRS资源配置来说,网络侧设备发送用于配置PRS资源的配置参数,降低了用于指示PRS资源配置的信令开销。且用于配置定位参考信号的配置参数是可变的,例如配置参数的种类是可变的,每种配置参数的取值也可能是变化的。本申请实施例中,终端设备可以按照配置参数的粒度来请求PRS资源配置,相较于终端设备按照资源配置的粒度来请求PRS资源配置来说,更为灵活。The first indication information may be used to indicate at least one configuration parameter of the PRS resource configuration, and a value set corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter. The at least one configuration parameter of the PRS resource configuration is at least one configuration parameter for configuring the PRS resource. Various configuration parameters with different values can be combined to form more sets of PRS resource configurations. That is, the network device indicates the PRS resource configuration supported by the network device by indicating (or recommending or suggesting) the configuration parameters supported by the network device and the corresponding value set (range) to the terminal device. It can also be understood that the network device indicates (or recommends or suggests) to the terminal device the PRS resource configuration that the terminal device can initiate a request on demand. For example, if the network device supports the resource period of the first value and the time slot offset of the second value, then the network device supports a resource period configured by the resource period of the first value and/or the time slot offset of the second value. One or more sets of PRS resource configurations. It should be understood that the data volume of multiple configuration parameters is smaller than the data volume of multiple sets of PRS resource configuration obtained by combining these multiple configuration parameters. Therefore, compared with sending all sets of PRS resource configurations by the network side device, the network side device sends the configuration parameters for configuring the PRS resources, which reduces the signaling overhead for indicating the PRS resource configuration. Moreover, the configuration parameters used to configure the positioning reference signal are variable, for example, the types of configuration parameters are variable, and the value of each configuration parameter may also be variable. In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may request PRS resource configuration according to the granularity of configuration parameters, which is more flexible than the terminal device requesting PRS resource configuration according to the granularity of resource configuration.
本申请实施例对第一指示信息的具体名称不作限制。例如,第一指示信息可作为定位辅助信息,以辅助数据(assistance data)的形式发送给终端设备。也就是,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,可认为网络设备向终端设备发送辅助数据,该辅助数据可包括第一指示信息,或者该辅助数据可包括第一指示信息指示的内容。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the first indication information. For example, the first indication information may be used as positioning assistance information and sent to the terminal device in the form of assistance data (assistance data). That is, when the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, it may be considered that the network device sends auxiliary data to the terminal device, and the auxiliary data may include the first indication information, or the auxiliary data may include content indicated by the first indication information.
作为一种示例,第一指示信息可包括PRS资源配置的至少一个配置参数。这种情况下,可认为,至少一个配置参数中的每个配置参数的取值集合包括全部可能的取值。举例来说,配置参数为表1中的资源带宽,那么资源带宽的取值集合包括表1中的63个可能的取值。本申请实施例,可预设或预配置至少一个配置参数和每个配置参数的取值集合的对应关系,一种可能的实现中,对应关系采用类似前述表1的表2来表示,该表2包括网络设备支持的多个配置参数,以及这多个配置参数分别对应的全部可能的取值。终端设备根据表2以及第一指示信息可确定至少一个配置参数分别对应的取值集合。需要说明的是,表2作为示例,本申请实施例对表2中包括的配置参数的种类不作限制,对各个配置参数的取值集合包括的数值也不作限制。As an example, the first indication information may include at least one configuration parameter of PRS resource configuration. In this case, it can be considered that the value set of each configuration parameter in at least one configuration parameter includes all possible values. For example, if the configuration parameter is the resource bandwidth in Table 1, then the resource bandwidth value set includes 63 possible values in Table 1. In this embodiment of the present application, the corresponding relationship between at least one configuration parameter and the value set of each configuration parameter can be preset or preconfigured. In a possible implementation, the corresponding relationship is represented by Table 2 similar to the aforementioned Table 1. This table 2 includes multiple configuration parameters supported by the network device, and all possible values corresponding to the multiple configuration parameters. According to Table 2 and the first indication information, the terminal device can determine value sets corresponding to at least one configuration parameter. It should be noted that Table 2 is used as an example, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the types of configuration parameters included in Table 2, nor does it limit the values included in the value sets of each configuration parameter.
表2Table 2
作为另一种示例,第一指示信息可包括PRS资源配置的至少一个配置参数,和与这至少一个配置参数分别对应的取值集合。这种情况下,每个配置参数对应的取值集合可包括部分可能取值或全部可能取值。沿用上述的例子,配置参数为表1中的资源带宽,那么资源带宽的取值集合可包括表1中63个可能的取值中的部分取值或全部取值。As another example, the first indication information may include at least one configuration parameter of PRS resource configuration, and a value set respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter. In this case, the value set corresponding to each configuration parameter may include some possible values or all possible values. Following the above example, if the configuration parameter is the resource bandwidth in Table 1, then the resource bandwidth value set may include some or all of the 63 possible values in Table 1.
作为又一种示例,第一指示信息可包括PRS资源配置的至少一个配置参数,和这至少一个配置参数中部分配置参数的取值集合。除这部分参数之外的配置参数的取值集合包括全部可能取值。部分配置参数的取值集合可包括全部可能取值,也可包括部分可能取值。As yet another example, the first indication information may include at least one configuration parameter of PRS resource configuration, and a value set of some configuration parameters in the at least one configuration parameter. The value set of configuration parameters other than this part of parameters includes all possible values. The value set of some configuration parameters may include all possible values, or may include some possible values.
网络设备支持的配置参数可能发生变化,支持的配置参数的取值也可能会发生变化。例如,在第一时间段内,网络设备支持的某个配置参数(例如第一配置参数)的取值集合为第一取值集合,在第二时间段内,网络设备支持的第一配置参数的取值集合为第四取值集合。如果终端设备在第二时间段内向网络设备请求第一取值集合内的第一配置参数,网络设备可能无法满足终端设备的请求,即网络设备无法配置与终端设备的请求匹配的PRS资源配置。这种情况下,终端设备仍向网络设备请求第一取值集合内的第一配置参数,是没有必要的。为了减少终端设备发送不必要的请求,网络设备还可以告知终端设备,请求各个配置参数的触发条件。也就是,终端设备在满足配置参数匹配的触发条件下,向网络设备请求该配置参数。一个配置参数可以有一个或多个触发条件,对此,本申请实施例不作限制。终端设备满足配置参数的任意一个触发条件,可向网络设备请求该配置参数。或者,终端设备满足配置参数的多个触发条件,向网络设备请求该配置参数。The configuration parameters supported by the network device may change, and the values of the supported configuration parameters may also change. For example, in the first time period, the value set of a certain configuration parameter (such as the first configuration parameter) supported by the network device is the first value set, and in the second time period, the value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device The value set of is the fourth value set. If the terminal device requests the network device for the first configuration parameter in the first value set within the second time period, the network device may not be able to satisfy the terminal device's request, that is, the network device cannot configure a PRS resource configuration that matches the terminal device's request. In this case, it is unnecessary for the terminal device to still request the first configuration parameter in the first value set from the network device. In order to reduce unnecessary requests sent by the terminal device, the network device may also notify the terminal device of triggering conditions for requesting various configuration parameters. That is, the terminal device requests the configuration parameter from the network device when the trigger condition of matching the configuration parameter is met. A configuration parameter may have one or more trigger conditions, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The terminal device meets any trigger condition of the configuration parameter, and may request the configuration parameter from the network device. Alternatively, the terminal device meets multiple trigger conditions of the configuration parameter, and requests the configuration parameter from the network device.
示例性的,第一指示信息还可以包括如下第一信息、第二信息或者第三信息中的一种或多种信息。下面分别介绍第一信息、第二信息以及第三信息。Exemplarily, the first indication information may further include one or more of the following first information, second information, or third information. The first information, the second information, and the third information are respectively introduced below.
第一指示信息除了包括至少一个配置参数,还可以包括这至少一个配置参数中的部分配置参数或全部配置参数分别对应的第一信息。以第一配置参数的第一信息为例,该第一信息可用于指示第一配置参数的有效时间,也就是有效请求时间(或生效时间)。相应地,终端设备根据第一信息可在该有效时间内向网络设备请求基于第一配置参数配置的PRS资源。或者,第一信息可用于指示第一配置参数的第一取值集合的有效时间,相应的,终端设备根据第一信息可在该有效时间内向网络设备请求第一取值集合内的第一配置参数配置的PRS资源。需要说明的是,如果某个配置参数没有对应的第一信息,可以认为该配 置参数一直有效;或者,可以认为该配置参数在预设时间内(例如默认时间)有效;或者,可认为该配置参数的取值集合一直有效;可以认为该配置参数的取值集合在预设时间内(例如默认时间)有效。这样可减少终端设备在配置参数的有效时间之外的时间内向网络设备请求基于该配置参数的PRS资源。即减少终端设备发送不必要的请求,从而降低终端设备的信令开销以及功耗。In addition to including at least one configuration parameter, the first indication information may also include first information respectively corresponding to some configuration parameters or all configuration parameters in the at least one configuration parameter. Taking the first information of the first configuration parameter as an example, the first information may be used to indicate the valid time of the first configuration parameter, that is, the valid request time (or effective time). Correspondingly, according to the first information, the terminal device may request the network device for the PRS resource configured based on the first configuration parameter within the valid time. Alternatively, the first information may be used to indicate the valid time of the first value set of the first configuration parameter, and correspondingly, the terminal device may request the network device for the first configuration in the first value set within the valid time according to the first information PRS resources configured by parameters. It should be noted that if there is no corresponding first information for a certain configuration parameter, it can be considered that the configuration parameter is always valid; or, it can be considered that the configuration parameter is valid within a preset time (such as the default time); or, the configuration parameter can be considered The value set of the parameter is always valid; it can be considered that the value set of the configuration parameter is valid within a preset time (for example, a default time). In this way, it can reduce the request of the terminal device to the network device for the PRS resource based on the configuration parameter during the time outside the valid time of the configuration parameter. That is, unnecessary requests sent by the terminal device are reduced, thereby reducing signaling overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
第二信息可用于指示是否支持至少两种配置参数进行组合。终端设备根据第二信息确定如何向网络设备发送请求PRS资源配置的请求消息。举个例子,如果网络设备不支持至少两种配置参数进行组合,终端设备可向网络设备请求一种配置参数的PRS资源配置。这样无需终端设备决策对哪些配置参数进行组合,向网络设备发起相应的PRS资源配置请求,可降低终端设备处理复杂度。假设网络设备支持至少两种配置参数进行组合,那么终端设备可以以组合配置参数的方式向网络设备发起PRS资源配置请求,以尽量满足终端设备的需求。The second information may be used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported. The terminal device determines how to send a request message requesting PRS resource configuration to the network device according to the second information. For example, if the network device does not support the combination of at least two configuration parameters, the terminal device may request the network device for PRS resource configuration of one configuration parameter. In this way, the terminal device does not need to decide which configuration parameters to combine, and initiates a corresponding PRS resource configuration request to the network device, which can reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device. Assuming that the network device supports the combination of at least two configuration parameters, then the terminal device can initiate a PRS resource configuration request to the network device in a manner of combining configuration parameters, so as to meet the requirements of the terminal device as much as possible.
举例来说,网络设备支持的配置参数包括PRS的周期和PRS符号数。其中,定位参考信号的周期的取值集合为{10ms,20ms,40ms},定位参考信号的符号数的取值集合为{2,4,6}。换句话说,网络设备支持终端设备可请求每隔10ms、20ms或40ms(即上述周期)在相应资源上发送PRS,并且每个定位参考信号可占用2、4或6个符号。例如,终端设备每隔10ms在相应资源上发送占用2个符号的PRS。如果网络设备不支持PRS的周期和PRS的符号数进行组合,终端设备只能单独向网络请求PRS周期或PRS符号数。例如,终端设备请求周期为10ms的PRS资源配置。这种情况下,网络设备根据终端设备的请求,为终端设备配置10ms的周期和2或者4或者6个符号PRS符号数(由网络设备决定)。相当于,由网络设备最终决定为终端设备配置何种PRS资源,而无需终端设备决策,对终端设备的计算能力要求较低。For example, the configuration parameters supported by the network device include the period of the PRS and the number of symbols of the PRS. Wherein, the value set of the period of the positioning reference signal is {10ms, 20ms, 40ms}, and the value set of the number of symbols of the positioning reference signal is {2, 4, 6}. In other words, the network device supports that the terminal device can request to send PRS on the corresponding resource every 10 ms, 20 ms or 40 ms (that is, the above cycle), and each positioning reference signal can occupy 2, 4 or 6 symbols. For example, the terminal device sends a PRS occupying 2 symbols on the corresponding resource every 10 ms. If the network device does not support the combination of the PRS period and the number of PRS symbols, the terminal device can only request the PRS period or the number of PRS symbols from the network alone. For example, a terminal device requests PRS resource configuration with a period of 10 ms. In this case, the network device configures the terminal device with a period of 10 ms and the number of PRS symbols of 2, 4 or 6 symbols (determined by the network device) according to the request of the terminal device. It is equivalent to that the network device finally decides which PRS resource to configure for the terminal device, without the terminal device making a decision, and has relatively low requirements on the computing capability of the terminal device.
沿用上述的例子,如果网络设备支持PRS的周期和PRS的符号数进行组合。终端设备可根据PRS的周期和PRS符号数向网络设备请求PRS资源配置。例如,终端设备请求周期为10ms以及PRS符号为2个符号的PRS资源配置。一种可能的实现方式为,网络设备为终端设备配置的周期10ms以及2个符号的PRS的资源,以尽量满足终端设备的实际需求。Using the above example, if the network device supports the combination of the period of the PRS and the number of symbols of the PRS. The terminal device can request PRS resource configuration from the network device according to the period of the PRS and the number of PRS symbols. For example, the terminal device requests PRS resource configuration with a period of 10 ms and a PRS symbol of 2 symbols. A possible implementation manner is that the network device configures PRS resources with a period of 10 ms and 2 symbols for the terminal device, so as to meet the actual needs of the terminal device as far as possible.
进一步地,第二信息还可以指示支持组合的至少两个配置参数,即指示网络设备支持至少一个配置参数中的哪些配置参数可以组合请求。例如,第一指示信息包括至少一个配置参数和第二信息,该第二信息可包括至少一个配置参数中的至少两个配置参数。这种情况下,终端设备接收第一指示信息,可认为第二信息包括的至少两个配置参数可组合请求。Further, the second information may also indicate at least two configuration parameters that support combination, that is, indicate which configuration parameters among the at least one configuration parameter supported by the network device can be combined with the request. For example, the first indication information includes at least one configuration parameter and second information, and the second information may include at least two configuration parameters in the at least one configuration parameter. In this case, when the terminal device receives the first indication information, it may be considered that the at least two configuration parameters included in the second information can be combined with the request.
第一配置参数的第三信息可用于指示网络设备是否支持第一配置参数除第一取值集合之外的其他取值集合(例如第三取值集合)。例如,第一配置参数的第三信息可指示网络设备不支持第三取值集合,或者,支持第三取值集合。或者,第一配置参数的第三信息可指示第三取值集合。这种情况下,可认为网络设备支持第一配置参数的第三取值集合。如果网络设备支持第一取值集合内的第一配置参数,不支持第三取值集合内的第一配置参数。终端设备仍向网络设备请求第三取值集合内的第一配置参数,可认为终端设备向网络设备发送的请求是不必要的,会带来额外的信令开销。针对每个配置参数,网络设备通过第三信息可告知终端设备是否支持该配置参数的第一取值集合以外的取值,以减少终端设备发送不必要的请求,降低终端设备的信令开销以及功耗。可以理解的是,第一指示信息 还可以包括一个或多个第三信息。应理解,一个第三信息对应一个配置参数。如果某个配置参数没有对应的第三信息,那么可认为网络设备支持该配置参数的第一取值集合以外的取值。该配置参数一直有效,或者该配置参数的取值集合一直有效。The third information of the first configuration parameter may be used to indicate whether the network device supports other value sets (for example, a third value set) of the first configuration parameter other than the first value set. For example, the third information of the first configuration parameter may indicate that the network device does not support the third value set, or supports the third value set. Alternatively, the third information of the first configuration parameter may indicate a third value set. In this case, it may be considered that the network device supports the third value set of the first configuration parameter. If the network device supports the first configuration parameter in the first value set, it does not support the first configuration parameter in the third value set. The terminal device still requests the first configuration parameter in the third value set from the network device, and it can be considered that the request sent by the terminal device to the network device is unnecessary and will bring additional signaling overhead. For each configuration parameter, the network device can inform the terminal device whether it supports values other than the first value set of the configuration parameter through the third information, so as to reduce unnecessary requests sent by the terminal device, reduce signaling overhead of the terminal device and power consumption. It can be understood that the first indication information may also include one or more third information. It should be understood that one piece of third information corresponds to one configuration parameter. If there is no corresponding third information for a configuration parameter, it can be considered that the network device supports values other than the first value set of the configuration parameter. The configuration parameter is always valid, or the value set of the configuration parameter is always valid.
第一指示信息可通过多种方式发送给终端设备。作为一种示例,第一指示信息可包含在系统信息块(system information block,SIB)中,网络设备以广播的方式发送SIB,终端可通过接收SIB获取第一指示信息。处于RRC_Inactive或者RRC_Idle状态下的终端设备可以接收SIB,即处于RRC_Inactive或者RRC_Idle状态下的终端设备也能够获取第一指示信息。当然,第一指示信息可承载于SIB已有的字段或者新定义的字段,对此,本申请实施例不作限制。The first indication information may be sent to the terminal device in various ways. As an example, the first indication information may be included in a system information block (system information block, SIB), the network device sends the SIB in a broadcast manner, and the terminal may obtain the first indication information by receiving the SIB. A terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state can receive the SIB, that is, a terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state can also acquire the first indication information. Certainly, the first indication information may be carried in an existing field of the SIB or a newly defined field, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为另一种示例,第一指示信息可承载于用于定位的SIB,例如定位系统信息块(positioning system information block,posSIB)中。同样,网络设备以广播方式发送pos SIB,终端设备可通过接收pos SIB,从而获取第一指示信息。处于RRC_Inactive或者RRC_Idle状态下的终端设备也可以接收pos SIB,即处于RRC_Inactive或者RRC_Idle状态下的终端设备也能够获取第一指示信息。当然第一指示信息可承载于已有的pos SIB或者新定义的pos SIB中,对此,本申请实施例不作限制。As another example, the first indication information may be carried in an SIB used for positioning, such as a positioning system information block (positioning system information block, posSIB). Similarly, the network device broadcasts the pos SIB, and the terminal device can obtain the first indication information by receiving the pos SIB. A terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state can also receive the pos SIB, that is, a terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state can also obtain the first indication information. Of course, the first indication information may be carried in an existing pos SIB or a newly defined pos SIB, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为又一种示例,第一指示信息可承载于无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息中。一种可能的实现方式,终端设备可在有定位需求的时候,请求网络设备告知终端设备所支持的配置参数,以及支持的配置参数的取值集合。该RRC消息也可以认为是针对终端设备的请求而发送的响应消息。另一种可能的实现方式,LMF触发网络设备告知终端设备所支持的配置参数,以及支持的配置参数的取值集合。对于终端设备来说,可接收该响应消息,即不需要周期性地读取例如SIB等信息,从而节约终端的能耗。As yet another example, the first indication information may be carried in a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message. In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device may request the network device to inform the terminal device of the supported configuration parameters and the value set of the supported configuration parameters when there is a positioning requirement. The RRC message can also be regarded as a response message sent to the request of the terminal device. In another possible implementation manner, the LMF triggers the network device to inform the terminal device of the supported configuration parameters and the value set of the supported configuration parameters. For the terminal device, the response message can be received, that is, it is not necessary to periodically read information such as the SIB, thereby saving energy consumption of the terminal.
应理解,如果终端设备无需获取PRS资源配置,网络设备主动向终端设备发送第一指示信息,会造成浪费。在一些实施例中,网络设备可在LMF或终端设备的请求或触发下向终端设备发送第一指示信息。It should be understood that if the terminal device does not need to obtain the PRS resource configuration, the network device actively sends the first indication information to the terminal device, which will cause waste. In some embodiments, the network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device at the request or trigger of the LMF or the terminal device.
在S601a中,以网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息为例。作为一种可替换的方案,LMF也可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息。即LMF可告知终端设备,网络设备支持的用于配置PRS资源的至少一个配置参数,以及这些配置参数的取值。即LMF执行图6中的S601b。In S601a, take the network device sending the first indication information to the terminal device as an example. As an alternative solution, the LMF may also send the first indication information to the terminal device. That is, the LMF can inform the terminal device of at least one configuration parameter supported by the network device for configuring PRS resources, and the values of these configuration parameters. That is, the LMF executes S601b in FIG. 6 .
S601b、LMF向终端设备发送第一指示信息,相应的,终端设备接收该第一指示信息。S601b. The LMF sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information.
如果LMF知道网络设备支持哪些配置参数以及各个配置参数的取值,那么LMF可向终端设备发送第一指示信息。与S600a的不同之处在于,LMF发送的第一指示信息可承载于LPP消息中。例如,第一指示信息可承载于LPP提供辅助数据(ProvideAssistanceData)消息中。也就是,LMF向终端设备发送第一指示信息,可认为LMF向终端设备发送LPP ProvideAssistanceData消息,该LPP ProvideAssistanceData消息可包括第一指示信息,或者该LPP ProvideAssistanceData消息可包括第一指示信息指示的内容。If the LMF knows which configuration parameters the network device supports and the values of each configuration parameter, the LMF may send the first indication information to the terminal device. The difference from S600a is that the first indication information sent by the LMF may be carried in the LPP message. For example, the first indication information may be carried in an LPP provide assistance data (ProvideAssistanceData) message. That is, the LMF sends the first indication information to the terminal device. It can be considered that the LMF sends an LPP ProvideAssistanceData message to the terminal device. The LPP ProvideAssistanceData message may include the first indication information, or the LPP ProvideAssistanceData message may include content indicated by the first indication information.
S600a、终端设备向LMF发送第二请求消息,相应的,LMF接收该第二请求消息。S600a. The terminal device sends a second request message to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the second request message.
第二请求消息可用于请求定位参考信号的配置参数,或者,第二请求消息用于查询网络设备支持的配置参数,以及所支持的配置参数的取值集合。可选的,终端设备有获取PRS资源配置的需求时,可向LMF请求网络设备所支持的PRS资源配置,以免网络设备向终端设备发送的配置参数信息不是终端设备感兴趣的信息。即减少向LMF或网络设备发送 不必要的用于请求PRS资源配置的消息。需要说明的是,本申请实施例对第二请求消息的具体名称不作限制。例如,第二请求消息可作为定位辅助数据承载于LPP ProvideAssistanceData消息中。The second request message may be used to request the configuration parameters of the positioning reference signal, or the second request message is used to query the configuration parameters supported by the network device and the value set of the supported configuration parameters. Optionally, when the terminal device needs to obtain the PRS resource configuration, it can request the PRS resource configuration supported by the network device from the LMF, so as to avoid that the configuration parameter information sent by the network device to the terminal device is not information that the terminal device is interested in. That is to reduce sending unnecessary messages for requesting PRS resource configuration to LMF or network equipment. It should be noted that, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the second request message. For example, the second request message may be carried in the LPP ProvideAssistanceData message as positioning assistance data.
可选的,第二请求消息可包括一个或多个配置参数。该一个或多个配置参数可认为是终端设备期望网络侧设备提供的配置参数,也可认为是终端设备可从网络侧设备请求的配置参数。应理解,用于配置定位参考信号的资源的配置参数有多个,终端设备期望的配置参数可以是所有配置参数中的部分配置参数,相应的,LMF可根据终端设备期望的配置参数,向终端设备反馈所支持的配置参数。即无需LMF反馈所有的配置参数,以降低信令开销。例如,第二请求消息可包括第一配置参数,LMF响应于第二请求消息,向终端设备发送第一指示信息。该第一指示信息可包括第一配置参数,以指示LMF支持第一配置参数。或者,第二请求消息可包括一个或多个配置参数,以及这一个或多个配置参数的取值集合。即第二请求消息可包括期望取值的一个或多个配置参数。也就是,终端设备期望某个或某些取值的配置参数。如果第一指示信息包括某个配置参数,不包括该配置参数的取值,可默认LMF或网络设备该配置参数的全部可能取值。例如,第一指示信息包括第一配置参数,以及第一配置参数的取值集合,指示LMF或网络设备支持该取值集合内的第一配置参数。又例如,第一指示信息包括第一配置参数,指示LMF或网络设备支持该第一配置参数的全部可能取值。Optionally, the second request message may include one or more configuration parameters. The one or more configuration parameters may be considered as configuration parameters that the terminal device expects to be provided by the network-side device, and may also be considered as configuration parameters that the terminal device may request from the network-side device. It should be understood that there are multiple configuration parameters for configuring the resources of the positioning reference signal, and the configuration parameters expected by the terminal device may be some configuration parameters in all configuration parameters. The configuration parameters supported by the device feedback. That is, there is no need for the LMF to feed back all configuration parameters, so as to reduce signaling overhead. For example, the second request message may include the first configuration parameter, and the LMF sends the first indication information to the terminal device in response to the second request message. The first indication information may include the first configuration parameter, to indicate that the LMF supports the first configuration parameter. Alternatively, the second request message may include one or more configuration parameters and a value set of the one or more configuration parameters. That is, the second request message may include one or more configuration parameters with expected values. That is, the end device expects a configuration parameter with a certain value or values. If the first indication information includes a certain configuration parameter but does not include the value of the configuration parameter, all possible values of the configuration parameter of the LMF or the network device may be defaulted. For example, the first indication information includes the first configuration parameter and a value set of the first configuration parameter, indicating that the LMF or the network device supports the first configuration parameter in the value set. For another example, the first indication information includes the first configuration parameter, indicating that the LMF or the network device supports all possible values of the first configuration parameter.
进一步的,第二请求消息可用于指示期望的PRS资源配置。例如,第二请求消息可包括与期望的PRS资源配置相关的辅助信息。例如,第二请求消息可包括某种定位精度需求、或者某种定位时延需求,或者某种功耗需求等。LMF可根据第二请求消息向终端设备发送第一指示信息。该第一指示信息指示的配置参数可用于配置终端设备期望的PRS资源配置。例如,LMF指示满足某种定位精度需求、或者某种定位时延需求,或者某种功耗需求的PRS资源配置。Further, the second request message may be used to indicate desired PRS resource configuration. For example, the second request message may include auxiliary information related to the desired PRS resource configuration. For example, the second request message may include a certain positioning accuracy requirement, or a certain positioning delay requirement, or a certain power consumption requirement. The LMF may send the first indication information to the terminal device according to the second request message. The configuration parameters indicated by the first indication information may be used to configure the desired PRS resource configuration of the terminal device. For example, the LMF indicates a PRS resource configuration that meets a certain positioning accuracy requirement, or a certain positioning delay requirement, or a certain power consumption requirement.
需要说明的是,S600a以终端设备向LMF发送第二请求消息为例,在一些实施例中,终端设备也可向网络设备发送第二请求消息。例如,处于RRC_Inactive或者RRC_Idle状态下的终端设备也可以向网络设备发送第二请求消息。另外,S600a不是必须执行的步骤,因此,在图6中S600a以虚线进行示意。It should be noted that, in S600a, the terminal device sends the second request message to the LMF as an example. In some embodiments, the terminal device may also send the second request message to the network device. For example, the terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state may also send the second request message to the network device. In addition, S600a is not a step that must be executed, therefore, S600a is illustrated by a dotted line in FIG. 6 .
可选的,LMF接收到第二请求消息,可向网络设备发送触发指示,以指示网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。如果LMF提前知晓网络设备所支持的配置参数,LMF接收到第二请求消息,可执行S601b,即LMF向终端设备发送第一指示信息。例如,在S601b之前,LMF可与网络设备交互信令,以获知网络设备支持哪些配置参数以及各个配置参数的取值。Optionally, upon receiving the second request message, the LMF may send a trigger indication to the network device, so as to instruct the network device to send the first indication information to the terminal device. If the LMF knows the configuration parameters supported by the network device in advance, the LMF may execute S601b after receiving the second request message, that is, the LMF sends the first indication information to the terminal device. For example, before S601b, the LMF may exchange signaling with the network device to know which configuration parameters the network device supports and the values of each configuration parameter.
S600b、LMF向网络设备发送第二请求消息,相应的,网络设备接收该第二请求消息。S600b. The LMF sends a second request message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second request message.
S600b中第二请求消息可S600a中第二请求消息的作用相同,都用于请求网络侧设备支持的一个或多个配置参数。应理解,LMF可能接收到多个终端设备的第二请求消息,LMF可根据多个终端设备的第二请求消息所请求的配置参数,向网络设备请求配置参数。因此,S600b中第二请求消息包括的内容同S600a中第二请求消息包括的内容可以相同,也可以不同。这里不同指的是第二请求消息包括的配置参数的种类可不同,或者配置参数种类相同时配置参数的取值集合不同。因此,S600b中第二请求消息的具体可参考S600a的相关内容,这里不再赘述。与S600a中的第二请求消息不同,S600b中第二请求消息可以是NR 定位协议A(NR positioning protocol A,NRPPa)消息。The second request message in S600b has the same function as the second request message in S600a, and both are used to request one or more configuration parameters supported by the network side device. It should be understood that the LMF may receive second request messages from multiple terminal devices, and the LMF may request configuration parameters from the network device according to the configuration parameters requested by the second request messages from multiple terminal devices. Therefore, the content included in the second request message in S600b may be the same as or different from the content included in the second request message in S600a. The difference here means that the types of configuration parameters included in the second request message may be different, or that the value sets of the configuration parameters are different when the types of configuration parameters are the same. Therefore, for details of the second request message in S600b, reference may be made to relevant content in S600a, which will not be repeated here. Different from the second request message in S600a, the second request message in S600b may be an NR positioning protocol A (NR positioning protocol A, NRPPa) message.
S600c、网络设备向LMF发送第四指示信息,相应的,LMF接收该第四指示信息。S600c. The network device sends fourth indication information to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the fourth indication information.
第四指示信息的具体实现同第一指示信息的具体实现,具体可参考第一指示信息的相关内容,这里不再赘述。The specific implementation of the fourth indication information is the same as the specific implementation of the first indication information, for details, reference may be made to relevant content of the first indication information, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,S600b-S600c与S600a以及S601a的执行是相互独立的,即S600b-S600c的执行顺序不受S600a和S601a的限制。换句话说,S600b-S600c可在S600a或S601a之前或之后执行。S601a和S601b择一执行即可。例如可执行S601a,不执行S601b。或者,也执行S601b,不执行S601a。图6以执行S601a,不执行S601b为例,因此在图6中S601b也以虚线进行示意。如果执行S601b,那么LMF还需执行S600b和S600c。如果不执行S601b,S600b和S600c也可以不执行。由于S600a、S600b和S600c不是必须执行的步骤,因此,在图6中以虚线进行示意。当然S601a和S601b可都执行,S601a和S601b的执行顺序不作限制。也就是,S601a可在S601b之前或之后执行,或者,S601a和S601bl可同时执行。另外,S601a中的第一指示信息包括的内容和S601b中的第一指示信息包括的内容可不同。例如,如果第一指示信息包括的配置参数适用于所有终端设备,第一指示信息可包括适用于所有终端设备的配置参数,网络设备以广播的方式将第一指示信息发送给终端设备。如果第一指示信息包括的某个配置参数适用于特定终端设备,LMF包括适用于该特定终端设备的配置参数,以单播的方式将第一指示信息发送给终端设备。It should be noted that the execution of S600b-S600c is independent of S600a and S601a, that is, the execution sequence of S600b-S600c is not limited by S600a and S601a. In other words, S600b-S600c can be performed before or after S600a or S601a. One of S601a and S601b can be executed. For example, S601a may be performed, but S601b may not be performed. Alternatively, S601b is also executed, and S601a is not executed. FIG. 6 is an example in which S601a is executed but S601b is not executed. Therefore, S601b is also indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 6 . If S601b is executed, then the LMF also needs to execute S600b and S600c. If S601b is not executed, S600b and S600c may not be executed. Since S600a, S600b, and S600c are not mandatory steps, they are shown with dotted lines in FIG. 6 . Of course, both S601a and S601b can be executed, and the execution sequence of S601a and S601b is not limited. That is, S601a may be performed before or after S601b, or S601a and S601b1 may be performed simultaneously. In addition, the content included in the first indication information in S601a may be different from the content included in the first indication information in S601b. For example, if the configuration parameters included in the first indication information are applicable to all terminal devices, the first indication information may include configuration parameters applicable to all terminal devices, and the network device broadcasts the first indication information to the terminal devices. If a configuration parameter included in the first indication information is applicable to a specific terminal device, the LMF includes the configuration parameter applicable to the specific terminal device, and sends the first indication information to the terminal device in a unicast manner.
S602、终端设备向LMF发送第一请求消息,相应的,LMF接收该第一请求消息。S602. The terminal device sends a first request message to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the first request message.
第一请求消息可用于向LMF请求PRS资源配置。第一请求消息携带的内容可基于第一指示信息来确定,即终端设备参考第一指示信息的内容按需向LMF请求PRS资源配置。本申请实施例对第一请求消息的具体名称不作限制,例如第一请求消息可以为LPP消息(例如LPP ProvideAssistanceData)或者新定义的LPP消息,或者RRC消息。或者,第一请求消息可以为msg3消息,或者msgA消息,可适用于处于RRC_Inactive或者RRC_Idle状态下的终端设备。第一请求消息的实现形式包括但不限于以下两种方式。The first request message may be used to request the LMF for PRS resource configuration. The content carried in the first request message may be determined based on the first indication information, that is, the terminal device refers to the content of the first indication information to request PRS resource configuration from the LMF as needed. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the first request message. For example, the first request message may be an LPP message (such as LPP ProvideAssistanceData) or a newly defined LPP message, or an RRC message. Alternatively, the first request message may be a msg3 message or a msgA message, which is applicable to a terminal device in the RRC_Inactive or RRC_Idle state. Implementation forms of the first request message include but are not limited to the following two manners.
实现方式一,第一请求消息可包括第一指示信息所指示的至少一个配置参数中的一个或多个配置参数,以及这一个或多个配置参数分别对应的第二取值集合。即第一请求消息请求LMF或网络设备根据第二取值集合的这一个或多个配置参数配置PRS资源配置。
以第一指示信息包括第一配置参数和第二配置参数为例。第一请求消息可包括第一配置参数或第二配置参数。如果第一指示信息包括第二信息,且该第二信息指示支持至少两种配置参数进行组合,第一请求消息可包括第一配置参数和第二配置参数。Take the first indication information including the first configuration parameter and the second configuration parameter as an example. The first request message may include the first configuration parameter or the second configuration parameter. If the first indication information includes the second information, and the second information indicates that the combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported, the first request message may include the first configuration parameter and the second configuration parameter.
第一请求消息还可以包括与配置参数对应的取值集合。以第一请求消息包括第一配置参数为例,第一请求消息还可以包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。如果第一请求消息包括第一配置参数,不包括取值集合,那么可默认第一请求消息包括的第一配置参数的取值集合为第一取值集合。The first request message may also include a value set corresponding to the configuration parameter. Taking the first request message including the first configuration parameter as an example, the first request message may also include a second value set of the first configuration parameter. If the first request message includes the first configuration parameter but does not include the value set, then the value set of the first configuration parameter included in the first request message may be defaulted as the first value set.
本申请实施例对第二取值集合和第一取值集合的关系不作限制。例如第二取值集合可以是第一取值集合的子集或者是其他的关系。如此,终端设备可在网络设备支持的第一配置参数的取值范围内请求第一配置参数,以提高获取定位参考信号资源的成功率。如下以示例1和示例2,对第二取值集合和第一取值集合的关系做进一步的说明。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the relationship between the second value set and the first value set. For example, the second value set may be a subset of the first value set or other relationships. In this way, the terminal device can request the first configuration parameter within the value range of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device, so as to improve the success rate of acquiring positioning reference signal resources. The relationship between the second set of values and the first set of values is further described in Example 1 and Example 2 as follows.
示例1,第二取值集合和第一取值集合不存在交集,可以理解,第二取值集合和第一取值集合中不存在相同的元素。如此,终端设备可在网络设备支持的第一配置参数的第一 取值集合内请求第一配置参数,也可以在网络设备支持的第一配置参数的第一取值集合之外请求第一配置参数。即为终端设备请求的取值范围提供了一定的自由度,从而适用于网络设备或定位管理功能推荐的第一配置参数的取值范围无法满足终端设备的实际定位需求的场景。Example 1, there is no intersection between the second value set and the first value set. It can be understood that there are no identical elements in the second value set and the first value set. In this way, the terminal device can request the first configuration parameter within the first value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device, or request the first configuration outside the first value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device parameter. That is, a certain degree of freedom is provided for the value range requested by the terminal device, so that it is applicable to a scenario where the value range of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function cannot meet the actual location requirements of the terminal device.
示例2,第二取值集合和第一取值集合存在交集。这种情况下,终端设备可在网络设备支持的第一配置参数的取值集合内请求与第一配置参数匹配的定位参考信号的资源配置,也可以在网络设备支持的第一配置参数的取值集合之外请求第一配置参数匹配的定位参考信号的资源配置。既适用于网络设备或定位管理功能推荐的第一配置参数的取值集合能够满足终端设备的实际定位需求的场景,又适用于网络设备或定位管理功能推荐的第一配置参数的取值集合无法满足终端设备的实际定位需求的场景。例如,第一指示信息包括第三信息,该第三信息用于指示允许第一取值集合以外的取值。终端设备根据第一指示信息,以及定位需求可向网络设备请求第一取值集合以外的取值的配置参数。Example 2, the second set of values overlaps with the first set of values. In this case, the terminal device may request the resource configuration of the positioning reference signal matching the first configuration parameter within the value set of the first configuration parameter supported by the network device, or may request The resource configuration of positioning reference signals matching the first configuration parameter is requested outside the value set. It is not only applicable to the scenario where the value set of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function can meet the actual location requirements of the terminal device, but also applicable to the scenario where the value set of the first configuration parameter recommended by the network device or the location management function cannot Scenarios that meet the actual positioning requirements of terminal devices. For example, the first indication information includes third information, where the third information is used to indicate that values other than the first value set are allowed. According to the first indication information and the positioning requirement, the terminal device may request configuration parameters with values other than the first value set from the network device.
为了便于理解,如表3给出了终端设备请求的配置参数、终端设备发送第一请求消息的场景以及需求的示意表。可以理解的是,终端设备在不同场景下,需求可能不同。因需求不同,终端设备所期望请求的配置参数也有所不同。如表3所示,终端设备在某个波束方向上的测量质量较差时,终端设备期望提升定位精度,相应的,终端设备期望请求的配置参数可包括定位参考信号的资源。For ease of understanding, Table 3 shows configuration parameters requested by the terminal device, a scenario where the terminal device sends the first request message, and a schematic table of requirements. It is understandable that terminal devices may have different requirements in different scenarios. Due to different requirements, the configuration parameters that the terminal equipment expects to request are also different. As shown in Table 3, when the measurement quality of the terminal device in a certain beam direction is poor, the terminal device expects to improve the positioning accuracy. Correspondingly, the configuration parameters that the terminal device expects to request may include positioning reference signal resources.
表3table 3
需要说明的是,表3仅为一种举例,本申请实施例并不对配置参数,终端设备发送第 一请求消息的场景和需求作限制。在可能的实现中,终端设备可以根据自身策略、业务需求、具有的功能等来确定发起第一请求消息的场景和/或终端设备请求的配置参数。It should be noted that Table 3 is only an example, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit configuration parameters, scenarios and requirements for the terminal device to send the first request message. In a possible implementation, the terminal device may determine the scenario for initiating the first request message and/or the configuration parameters requested by the terminal device according to its own policy, service requirements, and functions it has.
例如,如果第一指示信息包括上述表3中的配置参数以及表3中各个配置参数分别对应的第一取值集合。示例性的,终端设备优先考虑定位精度,那么终端设备可根据定位参考信号的资源带宽,TRP优先级或定位参考信号的资源向网络设备请求PRS资源配置。例如,第一请求消息可包括定位参考信号的资源带宽,以及该定位参考信号的资源带宽的第二取值集合。示例性的,终端设备优先考虑定位时延,那么终端设备可根据周期或时隙偏置或时间间隔向网络侧设备请求PRS资源配置。例如,第一请求消息可包括周期以及周期对应的第二取值集合。For example, if the first indication information includes the configuration parameters in Table 3 above and the first value sets corresponding to each configuration parameter in Table 3 respectively. Exemplarily, the terminal device gives priority to positioning accuracy, then the terminal device may request PRS resource configuration from the network device according to the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal, the TRP priority or the resources of the positioning reference signal. For example, the first request message may include the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal, and a second value set of the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal. Exemplarily, the terminal device gives priority to positioning delay, then the terminal device may request PRS resource configuration from the network side device according to the cycle or time slot offset or time interval. For example, the first request message may include a period and a second value set corresponding to the period.
再例如,如果第一指示信息还包括第一信息,那么终端设备还可根据第一信息确定第一请求消息包括的内容。示例性的,第一信息指示定位参考信号的资源带宽在第一时长内有效,那么第一请求消息包括的定位参考信号的资源带宽可以是位于第一时长内的。For another example, if the first indication information further includes the first information, the terminal device may also determine the content included in the first request message according to the first information. Exemplarily, the first information indicates that the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal is valid within the first duration, then the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal included in the first request message may be within the first duration.
又例如,如果第一指示信息还包括第二信息,那么终端设备还可根据第二信息确定第一请求消息包括的内容。例如,如果第二信息用于指示网络设备不支持至少两种配置参数进行组合,第一请求消息可包括定位参考信号的资源带宽,TRP优先级或定位参考信号的资源。如果第二信息用于指示网络设备支持至少两种配置参数进行组合,第一请求消息可包括定位参考信号的资源带宽和TRP优先级。For another example, if the first indication information further includes the second information, the terminal device may also determine the content included in the first request message according to the second information. For example, if the second information is used to indicate that the network device does not support the combination of at least two configuration parameters, the first request message may include the resource bandwidth of the positioning reference signal, the TRP priority or the resource of the positioning reference signal. If the second information is used to indicate that the network device supports a combination of at least two configuration parameters, the first request message may include resource bandwidth and TRP priority of the positioning reference signal.
又例如,如果第一指示信息还包括第三信息,那么终端设备可根据第三信息确定第一请求消息包括的内容。示例性的,第三信息用于指示网络设备不支持第一取值集合以外的取值。以第一请求消息包括周期为例,第一请求消息包括的周期的第二取值集合可位于第一取值集合之内,以减少终端设备发送不必要的第一请求消息。第三信息用于指示网络设备支持第一取值集合以外的取值。以第一请求消息包括周期为例,第一请求消息包括的周期的第二取值集合可位于第一取值集合之内,也可以位于第一取值集合之外,或者第二取值集合与第一取值集合可存在交集,以尽量满足终端设备的实际定位需求。For another example, if the first indication information further includes third information, the terminal device may determine the content included in the first request message according to the third information. Exemplarily, the third information is used to indicate that the network device does not support values other than the first value set. Taking the period included in the first request message as an example, the second value set of the period included in the first request message may be within the first value set, so as to reduce unnecessary sending of the first request message by the terminal device. The third information is used to indicate that the network device supports values other than the first value set. Taking the period included in the first request message as an example, the second value set of the period included in the first request message can be located within the first value set, or outside the first value set, or the second value set There may be an intersection with the first value set, so as to meet the actual positioning requirements of the terminal device as much as possible.
实现方式二,第一请求消息包括第四信息,该第四信息用于指示至少一个配置参数分别对应的多个取值集合,其中,不同取值集合的优先级不同。在一些实施例中,可以默认(或协议规定)不同取值集合的优先级,例如,可默认多个取值集合的优先级按照多个取值集合出现的先后顺序从高到低排序,相应地,网络设备可以根据多个取值集合的先后顺序来确定这多个取值集合的优先级。在另外一些实施例中,终端设备可通过信令指示这多个取值集合的优先级,即通过信令动态地指示这多个取值集合的优先级,更为灵活。Implementation manner 2, the first request message includes fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities. In some embodiments, the priorities of different value sets can be defaulted (or stipulated by the protocol). Specifically, the network device may determine the priorities of the multiple value sets according to the sequence of the multiple value sets. In some other embodiments, the terminal device may indicate the priorities of the multiple value sets through signaling, that is, dynamically indicate the priorities of the multiple value sets through signaling, which is more flexible.
网络设备可根据各个取值集合的优先级为终端设备配置定位参考信号的资源。例如,网络设备优先按照最高优先级的取值集合为终端设备配置PRS资源,如果没有与最高优先级(例如称为第一优先级)匹配的PRS资源配置,那么再按照次高优先级(例如称为第二优先级)的取值集合终端设备配置PRS资源,以此类推。且在多个终端设备请求定位参考信号资源的场景中,各个终端设备的多个取值集合可为网络设备为各个终端设备配置定位参考信号资源提供参考。例如,网络设备可针对各个终端设备的第一请求消息,即各个终端设备请求的多个取值集合,为各个终端设备配置合理的PRS资源。举例来说,假设存在第一终端设备和第二终端设备。第一终端设备根据定位时延的需求向网络侧请求PRS资源,第二终端设备根据定位精度的需求向网络侧请求PRS资源。第一终端设备发送的第一请求消息请求第一配置参数,且该第一配置参数对应2个取值集合,例如取值集合1和取值集 合2。第二终端设备发送的第一请求消息请求第一配置参数,且该第一配置参数对应2个取值集合,例如取值集合1和取值集合2。取值集合1的优先级高于取值集合2的优先级。按照取值集合1的第一配置参数发送PRS,定位精度较高,按照取值集合2的第一配置参数发送PRS,定位时延较低。网络设备接收到来自第一终端设备的第一请求消息和来自第二终端设备的第一请求消息,可根据第一终端设备和第二终端设备的定位需求,为第一终端设备分配取值集合2,为第二终端设备分配取值集合1。即网络设备为第一终端设备和第二终端设备配置的PRS资源既能满足第一终端设备的需求,又能满足第二终端设备的需求。另外,由于第一请求消息可指示各个配置参数对应的多个取值集合,终端设备发送一次第一请求消息可获取网络设备配置的定位参考信号的资源。即无需终端设备发送多次第一请求消息,从而降低了请求定位参考信号的资源的信令开销。The network device can configure resources of the positioning reference signal for the terminal device according to the priority of each value set. For example, the network device preferentially configures PRS resources for the terminal device according to the value set of the highest priority. The set of values called the second priority) configures PRS resources for the terminal device, and so on. And in a scenario where multiple terminal devices request positioning reference signal resources, the multiple value sets of each terminal device can provide a reference for the network device to configure positioning reference signal resources for each terminal device. For example, the network device may configure reasonable PRS resources for each terminal device with respect to the first request message of each terminal device, that is, multiple value sets requested by each terminal device. For example, assume that there are a first terminal device and a second terminal device. The first terminal device requests the PRS resource from the network side according to the positioning delay requirement, and the second terminal device requests the PRS resource from the network side according to the positioning accuracy requirement. The first request message sent by the first terminal device requests a first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter corresponds to two value sets, for example, value set 1 and value set 2. The first request message sent by the second terminal device requests the first configuration parameter, and the first configuration parameter corresponds to two value sets, for example, value set 1 and value set 2 . The priority of value set 1 is higher than that of value set 2. The PRS is sent according to the first configuration parameter of the value set 1, and the positioning accuracy is high, and the PRS is sent according to the first configuration parameter of the value set 2, and the positioning delay is low. The network device receives the first request message from the first terminal device and the first request message from the second terminal device, and may assign a value set to the first terminal device according to the positioning requirements of the first terminal device and the second terminal device 2. Assign value set 1 to the second terminal device. That is, the PRS resources configured by the network device for the first terminal device and the second terminal device can not only meet the requirements of the first terminal device, but also meet the requirements of the second terminal device. In addition, since the first request message can indicate multiple value sets corresponding to each configuration parameter, the terminal device can obtain the resource of the positioning reference signal configured by the network device by sending the first request message once. That is, there is no need for the terminal device to send multiple first request messages, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of requesting resources for positioning reference signals.
可选的,第一请求消息还可以包括一些参考信息,以为网络设备为终端设备配置PRS资源提供参考。例如,第一请求消息可包括定位精度、定位时延,或者功耗需求等。LMF可根据第一请求消息为终端设备配置PRS资源配置。该PRS资源配置包括的配置参数可满足终端设备的需求。又例如,终端设备在特定时间或特定区域内没有定位业务,可以请求网络设备无需配置特定时间或特定区域的PRS资源,以降低网络侧资源的浪费。相应的,第一请求消息可包括特定时间或特定区域。Optionally, the first request message may also include some reference information to provide reference for the network device to configure PRS resources for the terminal device. For example, the first request message may include positioning accuracy, positioning delay, or power consumption requirements, and the like. The LMF may configure the PRS resource configuration for the terminal device according to the first request message. The configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration can meet the requirements of the terminal equipment. For another example, the terminal device does not have positioning services at a specific time or in a specific area, and may request the network device not to configure PRS resources at a specific time or in a specific area, so as to reduce resource waste on the network side. Correspondingly, the first request message may include a specific time or a specific area.
可选的,终端设备通过第一请求消息也可向网络侧设备请求调整一些配置参数,以尽量匹配终端设备的测量能力。Optionally, the terminal device may also request the network side device to adjust some configuration parameters through the first request message, so as to match the measurement capability of the terminal device as much as possible.
例如,第一请求消息可包括PRS的周期缩放因子(periodicity scaling)。网络侧设备可根据第一请求消息和其它配置参数确定终端设备的定位参考信号的测量配置。举例来说,PRS资源配置的配置参数包括TRP,TRP#1的PRS周期为80ms,TRP#2的PRS周期为160ms。网络设备为终端设备配置的TRP为TRP#1。终端设备定位时,按照80ms的周期对定位参考信号进行测量,发现对终端设备的处理能力要求较高。为此,终端设备可向网络侧设备请求将TRP#1的PRS周期扩大2倍,即请求网络侧设备调整为终端设备配置的TRP的PRS周期。例如,第一请求消息还可以包括周期缩放因子,该周期缩放因子为2。即终端设备请求将PRS周期扩大2倍。尽管网络侧设备为终端设备配置的TRP的PRS周期为80ms,但是终端设备请求网络侧设备将PRS周期扩大2倍。终端设备以160ms的周期对定位参考信号进行测量,可降低终端设备的测量复杂度。For example, the first request message may include a periodicity scaling factor (periodicity scaling) of the PRS. The network side device may determine the measurement configuration of the positioning reference signal of the terminal device according to the first request message and other configuration parameters. For example, the configuration parameters of PRS resource configuration include TRP, the PRS period of
又例如,网络设备为终端设备推荐的TRP的优先级可能与终端设备的测量能力不匹配,那么终端设备可请求网络侧设备调整为终端设备配置的TRP的优先级。例如,第一请求消息可包括终端设备推荐的TRP优先级,以匹配终端设备的测量能力。类似的,第一请求消息可包括终端设备推荐的定位参考信号资源集的优先级,以匹配终端设备的测量能力。可以理解的是,终端设备通过第一请求消息请求网络侧设备调整TRP的PRS周期、TRP的优先级,或定位参考信号资源集的优先级只是举例示意。本申请实施例对终端设备通过第一请求消息请求网络侧设备调整的配置参数不作限制。For another example, the TRP priority recommended by the network device for the terminal device may not match the measurement capability of the terminal device, then the terminal device may request the network side device to adjust the TRP priority configured for the terminal device. For example, the first request message may include the TRP priority recommended by the terminal device to match the measurement capability of the terminal device. Similarly, the first request message may include the priority of the positioning reference signal resource set recommended by the terminal device, so as to match the measurement capability of the terminal device. It can be understood that the terminal device requesting the network side device to adjust the PRS period of the TRP, the priority of the TRP, or the priority of the positioning reference signal resource set through the first request message is only an example. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the configuration parameters that the terminal device requests the network side device to adjust through the first request message.
S603a、LMF向终端设备发送第一响应消息,相应的,终端设备接收该第一响应消息。S603a. The LMF sends a first response message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first response message.
S603b、网络设备向终端设备发送第一响应消息,相应的,终端设备接收该第一响应消息。S603b. The network device sends a first response message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first response message.
LMF接收到第一请求消息,如果LMF知道网络设备支持哪些配置参数以及各个配置参数对应的取值集合。LMF可向终端设备发送针对第一请求消息的响应消息,例如第一响 应消息。即LMF可执行S603a。如果LMF不知道网络设备支持哪些配置参数以及各个配置参数对应的取值集合,LMF可向网络设备发送触发指示,以指示网络设备向终端设备发送第一响应消息。可以理解的是,LMF发送的第一响应消息的内容和网络设备发送的第一响应消息的内容是相同的。不同之处在于,LMF发送的第一响应消息可承载于NRPPa消息中。When the LMF receives the first request message, if the LMF knows which configuration parameters the network device supports and the value sets corresponding to each configuration parameter. The LMF may send a response message to the first request message, such as a first response message, to the terminal device. That is, the LMF can execute S603a. If the LMF does not know which configuration parameters the network device supports and the value sets corresponding to each configuration parameter, the LMF may send a trigger indication to the network device to instruct the network device to send a first response message to the terminal device. It can be understood that the content of the first response message sent by the LMF is the same as the content of the first response message sent by the network device. The difference is that the first response message sent by the LMF can be carried in the NRPPa message.
网络侧设备响应于终端设备发送的第一请求消息,可以向终端设备发送响应消息。尽管网络侧设备支持至少一个配置参数,以及这至少一个配置参数的取值集合。但是网络侧设备为终端设备配置的PRS资源配置可能并不满足终端设备的需求(或请求),也就是不满足第一请求消息。根据网络侧设备是否满足第一请求消息,第一响应消息的实现形式也所有不同。下文以网络设备向终端设备发送第一响应消息为例,结合网络侧设备不满足第一请求消息和满足第一请求消息这两种情况,来说明响应消息的内容:The network side device may send a response message to the terminal device in response to the first request message sent by the terminal device. Although the network side device supports at least one configuration parameter and a value set of the at least one configuration parameter. However, the PRS resource configuration configured by the network side device for the terminal device may not meet the requirements (or requests) of the terminal device, that is, the first request message may not be satisfied. Depending on whether the network side device satisfies the first request message, the implementation form of the first response message is also different. The following takes the first response message sent by the network device to the terminal device as an example, and describes the content of the response message in combination with the two cases that the network side device does not meet the first request message and meets the first request message:
情况A:网络侧设备满足第一请求消息,即网络侧设备支持第一请求消息包括的全部配置参数,以及支持全部配置参数分别对应的第二取值集合。Case A: The network-side device meets the first request message, that is, the network-side device supports all configuration parameters included in the first request message, and supports the second value set corresponding to all configuration parameters respectively.
作为一种示例,如果网络侧设备能够满足第一请求消息,那么网络侧设备可向终端设备发送PRS资源配置,例如第一资源配置。即网络侧设备可为终端设备配置PRS资源。终端设备接收到第一响应消息,根据第一响应消息包括的第一资源配置发送PRS,用于后续定位。例如,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数,以及第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一响应消息包括第一资源配置,该第一资源配置包括第一配置参数,且该第一配置参数的取值位于第二取值集合内。As an example, if the network side device can satisfy the first request message, then the network side device may send the PRS resource configuration, for example, the first resource configuration, to the terminal device. That is, the network side device can configure PRS resources for the terminal device. After receiving the first response message, the terminal device sends a PRS according to the first resource configuration included in the first response message for subsequent positioning. For example, the first request message includes a first configuration parameter and a second value set of the first configuration parameter. The first response message includes a first resource configuration, where the first resource configuration includes a first configuration parameter, and a value of the first configuration parameter is located in a second value set.
情况B:网络侧设备不满足第一请求消息,包括全部不满足第一请求消息和部分满足第一请求消息两种情况。Situation B: The network side device does not satisfy the first request message, including two cases of not satisfying the first request message entirely and partially satisfying the first request message.
全部不满足第一请求消息可包括情况1-情况3中的任意一种情况。情况1,即网络侧设备不支持第一请求消息包括的一个或多个配置参数。情况2,即网络侧设备支持第一请求消息包括的全部配置参数,但是不支持全部配置参数中部分或全部配置参数的第二取值集合。情况3,即网络侧设备不支持第一请求消息包括的一个或多个配置参数,也不支持第一请求消息包括的全部配置参数中部分配置参数的第二取值集合。All unsatisfied first request messages may include any one of the cases 1-3.
如果网络设备或LMF为终端设备配置的PRS资源配置的配置参数全部不满足第一请求消息,第一响应消息可包括错误指示,该错误指示用于指示全部不满足第一请求消息。这种情况下,终端设备接收到第一响应消息,可重新向网络侧设备请求其他配置的PRS资源配置。从而避免终端设备频繁发送第一请求消息,减少信令开销,且降低终端设备的功耗。在一种可能的实现方式中,该错误指示可通过与配置参数对应的比特的取值来指示该配置参数是否满足第一请求消息。例如,第一请求消息包括的N个配置参数,该错误指示可占用N个比特,其中,N个比特与N个配置参数一一对应,N为大于等于1的正整数。如果N个配置参数中的某个配置参数不满足第一请求消息,与该配置参数的比特的取值可为“0”;相反,N个配置参数中的某个配置参数满足第一请求消息,与该配置参数的比特的取值可为“1”。或者,如果N个配置参数中的某个配置参数不满足第一请求消息,与该配置参数的比特的取值可为“1”;相反,如果N个配置参数中的某个配置参数满足第一请求消息,与该配置参数的比特的取值可为“0”。可选的,N个配置参数与N个比特的对应关系可以是协议预设,或者是网络设备指示的;可选的,错误指示对应的N个配置参数的顺序与第一请求消息包括的N个配置参数的顺序可以是相同的,或者也可以是不同的,本 申请对此不做限制。可选的,该错误指示也可以占用1个比特,来指示PRS资源配置包括的全部配置参数全部满足第一请求消息。例如,该1比特的取值为“0”,指示PRS资源配置包括的全部配置参数全部满足第一请求消息。或者,该1比特的取值为“1”,指示PRS资源配置包括的全部配置参数全部满足第一请求消息。或者,可通过一个字段来标识错误指示。例如,如果第一响应消息包括该字段,指示PRS资源配置包括的全部配置参数全部满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息不包括该字段,指示PRS资源配置包括的全部配置参数全部满足第一请求消息。If all configuration parameters of the PRS resource configuration configured by the network device or the LMF for the terminal device do not satisfy the first request message, the first response message may include an error indication, and the error indication is used to indicate that all do not meet the first request message. In this case, after receiving the first response message, the terminal device may re-request PRS resource configuration of other configurations from the network side device. Therefore, frequent sending of the first request message by the terminal device is avoided, signaling overhead is reduced, and power consumption of the terminal device is reduced. In a possible implementation manner, the error indication may indicate whether the configuration parameter satisfies the first request message through a value of a bit corresponding to the configuration parameter. For example, for N configuration parameters included in the first request message, the error indication may occupy N bits, where N bits correspond to N configuration parameters one by one, and N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. If one of the N configuration parameters does not satisfy the first request message, the bit value of the configuration parameter can be "0"; on the contrary, one of the N configuration parameters satisfies the first request message , and the bit value of this configuration parameter can be "1". Alternatively, if one of the N configuration parameters does not satisfy the first request message, the value of the bit of the configuration parameter may be "1"; on the contrary, if one of the N configuration parameters satisfies the first request message In a request message, the bit value of the configuration parameter may be "0". Optionally, the correspondence between N configuration parameters and N bits may be preset by the protocol, or indicated by the network device; optionally, the order of the N configuration parameters corresponding to the error indication is the same as the N bits included in the first request message. The order of the configuration parameters may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the error indication may also occupy 1 bit to indicate that all configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration satisfy the first request message. For example, the value of the 1 bit is "0", indicating that all configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration satisfy the first request message. Alternatively, the value of the 1 bit is "1", indicating that all configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration satisfy the first request message. Alternatively, an error indication may be identified by a field. For example, if the first response message includes this field, it indicates that all configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration satisfy the first request message. Or, the first response message does not include this field, indicating that all configuration parameters included in the PRS resource configuration satisfy the first request message.
如果网络设备或LMF为终端设备配置的PRS资源配置的配置参数部分满足第一请求消息,也就是网络侧设备为终端设备配置的PRS资源的配置参数部分满足第一请求消息。这种情况下,网络设备或LMF也可为终端设备配置PRS资源配置。例如,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数,以及第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一响应消息也可包括网络侧设备为终端设备配置的PRS资源配置,例如第二资源配置。例如,第二资源配置不包括第一配置参数。由于网络侧设备为终端设备配置的PRS资源的配置参数部分满足第一请求消息,第一响应消息还可以包括错误指示,该错误指示可用于指示不满足请求消息的配置参数。例如,该错误指示用于指示第一配置参数,即指示不满足第一请求消息的是第一配置参数。或者,第一响应消息包括第二资源配置和错误指示,该第二资源配置包括第一配置参数,但是第一配置参数的取值没有位于第二取值集合内。该错误指示用于指示第一配置参数,即指示不满足第一请求消息的是第一配置参数。可以理解的是,第一响应消息可包括PRS资源配置的一个或多个配置参数(例如M个配置参数)和错误指示。可以理解的是,该错误指示可占用M个比特,其中,M个比特与M个配置参数一一对应,M为大于或等于1的整数。该错误指示可通过与配置参数对应的比特的取值来指示该配置参数是否满足第一请求消息。终端设备接收到第一响应消息,根据错误指示可确定哪些配置参数不满足第一请求消息。可选的,如果第一请求消息请求N1个配置参数,第一响应消息包括第二资源配置,该第二资源配置包括N1个配置参数中的M1个配置参数,其中,N1和M1都为正整数,N1大于M1。第一响应消息包括的错误指示可占用M1个比特,M1个配置参数与M1个比特一一对应。这种情况下,该错误指示可隐含指示N1个配置参数除M1个配置参数不满足第一请求消息。在一种可能的实现方式,如果不满足第一请求消息的配置参数不影响终端设备的定位,那么终端设备可根据第二资源配置发送定位参考信号,进行后续的定位,以降低定位时延。如果终端设备确定第二资源配置影响终端设备的定位需求,那么终端设备可重新向网络侧设备请求PRS资源,以尽量满足定位需求。If the configuration parameters of the PRS resource configured by the network device or the LMF for the terminal device partially meet the first request message, that is, the configuration parameters of the PRS resource configured by the network side device for the terminal device partially meet the first request message. In this case, the network device or the LMF can also configure the PRS resource configuration for the terminal device. For example, the first request message includes a first configuration parameter and a second value set of the first configuration parameter. The first response message may also include the PRS resource configuration configured by the network side device for the terminal device, for example, the second resource configuration. For example, the second resource configuration does not include the first configuration parameter. Since the configuration parameters of the PRS resources configured by the network side device for the terminal device partially meet the first request message, the first response message may further include an error indication, and the error indication may be used to indicate that the configuration parameters of the request message are not satisfied. For example, the error indication is used to indicate the first configuration parameter, that is, it is the first configuration parameter that indicates that the first request message is not satisfied. Alternatively, the first response message includes the second resource configuration and an error indication, the second resource configuration includes the first configuration parameter, but the value of the first configuration parameter is not in the second value set. The error indication is used to indicate the first configuration parameter, that is, it is the first configuration parameter that indicates that the first request message is not satisfied. It can be understood that the first response message may include one or more configuration parameters (for example, M configuration parameters) of PRS resource configuration and an error indication. It can be understood that the error indication may occupy M bits, where M bits correspond to M configuration parameters one-to-one, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The error indication may indicate whether the configuration parameter satisfies the first request message through the value of the bit corresponding to the configuration parameter. After receiving the first response message, the terminal device can determine which configuration parameters do not satisfy the first request message according to the error indication. Optionally, if the first request message requests N1 configuration parameters, the first response message includes a second resource configuration, and the second resource configuration includes M1 configuration parameters among the N1 configuration parameters, where N1 and M1 are both positive Integer, N1 is greater than M1. The error indication included in the first response message may occupy M1 bits, and the M1 configuration parameters correspond to the M1 bits one by one. In this case, the error indication may implicitly indicate that the N1 configuration parameters except the M1 configuration parameters do not satisfy the first request message. In a possible implementation manner, if the configuration parameters of the first request message are not satisfied and does not affect the positioning of the terminal device, then the terminal device may send a positioning reference signal according to the second resource configuration for subsequent positioning, so as to reduce the positioning delay. If the terminal device determines that the second resource configuration affects the positioning requirement of the terminal device, the terminal device may re-request PRS resources from the network side device to meet the positioning requirement as much as possible.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对第一响应消息的具体名称不作限制。例如,第一响应消息可称为按需定位参考信号辅助数据响应(On-demand PRS AssistanceData-Response)消息。与第一指示信息类似,如果LMF向终端设备发送第一响应消息,那么第一响应消息可承载于LPP信令。如果网络设备向终端设备发送第一响应消息,那么第一响应消息可承载于SIB,或pos SIB,或RRC消息。需要说明的是,S603a和S603b择一执行即可,无需全部执行。例如可执行S603a,不执行S603b。或者,也执行S603b,不执行S603a。图6以执行S603a,不执行S603b为例,因此,在图6中S603b用虚线进行示意。当然S603a和S603b可都执行,S603a和S603b的执行顺序不作限制。It should be noted that, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the first response message. For example, the first response message may be called an On-demand PRS Assistance Data-Response (On-demand PRS Assistance Data-Response) message. Similar to the first indication information, if the LMF sends the first response message to the terminal device, the first response message may be carried in the LPP signaling. If the network device sends the first response message to the terminal device, the first response message may be carried in the SIB, or the pos SIB, or the RRC message. It should be noted that one of S603a and S603b may be executed, and it is not necessary to execute both of them. For example, S603a may be executed, and S603b may not be executed. Alternatively, S603b is also executed, and S603a is not executed. FIG. 6 is an example in which S603a is executed but S603b is not executed. Therefore, S603b is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 6 . Of course, both S603a and S603b can be executed, and the execution sequence of S603a and S603b is not limited.
图6所示的流程,网络侧设备可向终端设备推荐发送定位参考信号的资源的一个或多个配置参数,以及这些配置参数分别对应的取值集合。通过网络侧设备支持的配置参数来 指示了网络侧设备支持的多套PRS资源配置。相较于,网络侧设备将支持的所有套PRS资源配置发送给终端设备来说,降低了用于发送PRS资源配置的信令开销。In the process shown in FIG. 6 , the network-side device may recommend to the terminal device one or more configuration parameters of resources for sending positioning reference signals, and value sets corresponding to these configuration parameters. Multiple sets of PRS resource configurations supported by the network side device are indicated through the configuration parameters supported by the network side device. Compared with sending all sets of PRS resource configuration supported by the network side device to the terminal device, the signaling overhead for sending the PRS resource configuration is reduced.
作为一种可替换的方案,网络侧设备可向终端设备发送用于标识PRS资源配置的标识信息。相较于,网络侧设备将支持的所有套PRS资源配置发送给终端设备来说,也可以降低用于发送PRS资源配置的信令开销。As an alternative solution, the network side device may send identification information used to identify the PRS resource configuration to the terminal device. Compared with sending all sets of PRS resource configurations supported by the network side device to the terminal device, the signaling overhead for sending the PRS resource configuration can also be reduced.
请参见图7,为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程图。类似图6,图7所提供的方法也应用于图2-图5中任一所示的通信系统为例。另外,该方法可由三个通信装置执行,这三个通信装置例如为第一通信装置、第二通信装置和第三通信装置。第一通信装置、第二通信装置和第三通信装置可参考前述图6的实施例的相关内容,这里不再赘述。Please refer to FIG. 7 , which is a flow chart of the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Similar to FIG. 6 , the method provided in FIG. 7 is also applied to the communication system shown in any one of FIGS. 2-5 as an example. In addition, the method may be executed by three communication devices, such as a first communication device, a second communication device and a third communication device. For the first communication device, the second communication device, and the third communication device, reference may be made to relevant content of the foregoing embodiment in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
具体的,本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的具体流程描述如下:Specifically, the specific flow of the second communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is described as follows:
S701a、网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息,相应的,终端设备接收该第三指示信息。S701a. The network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information.
第三指示信息可用于指示网络设备支持的一套或多套PRS资源配置。例如,第三指示信息可包括一个或多个标识信息,每个标识信息可用于指示定位参考信号的一套资源配置。示例性地,标识信息可为PRS资源配置的索引,或者定位频率层标识、TRP标识、PRS资源集标识、PRS资源标识的组合标识,或者其它形式的标识,本发明不做限定。网络设备以PRS资源配置的标识信息的方式,告知终端设备,网络设备所支持的PRS资源配置。相较于,以网络设备向终端设备发送PRS的全部资源配置,降低了信令开销。The third indication information may be used to indicate one or more sets of PRS resource configurations supported by the network device. For example, the third indication information may include one or more pieces of identification information, and each piece of identification information may be used to indicate a set of resource configurations of the positioning reference signal. Exemplarily, the identification information may be an index of PRS resource configuration, or a combined identification of positioning frequency layer identification, TRP identification, PRS resource set identification, PRS resource identification, or other forms, which is not limited in the present invention. The network device notifies the terminal device of the PRS resource configuration supported by the network device in the form of identification information of the PRS resource configuration. Compared with sending all resource configurations of the PRS to the terminal device by the network device, the signaling overhead is reduced.
与第一指示信息类似,第三指示信息可包括第六信息,该第六信息可用于指示各个标识的有效时间。第三指示信息也可以包括第七信息,该第七信息可用于指示网络设备是否支持标识信息以外的PRS资源配置。Similar to the first indication information, the third indication information may include sixth information, and the sixth information may be used to indicate the valid time of each identifier. The third indication information may also include seventh information, and the seventh information may be used to indicate whether the network device supports PRS resource configuration other than the identification information.
本申请实施例对第三指示信息的具体名称不作限制。与第一指示信息类似,第三指示信息也可作为定位辅助信息,以辅助数据的形式发送给终端设备。另外,同第一指示信息,第三指示信息也可以承载于SIB,或pos SIB或RRC消息,具体可参考第一指示信息的相关内容,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the third indication information. Similar to the first indication information, the third indication information may also be used as positioning assistance information and sent to the terminal device in the form of assistance data. In addition, like the first indication information, the third indication information may also be carried in the SIB, or pos SIB or RRC message, for details, please refer to the relevant content of the first indication information, which will not be repeated here.
S700、终端设备向LMF发送第三请求消息,相应的,LMF接收该第三请求消息。S700. The terminal device sends a third request message to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the third request message.
类似S600a,终端设备有获取PRS资源配置的需求时,可向LMF请求网络侧设备所支持的PRS资源配置,以减少向网络侧发送不必要的用于请求PRS资源的请求消息。与S600a的不同之处在于,第三请求消息用于请求一套或多套PRS资源配置。需要说明的是,本申请实施例对第三请求消息的具体名称不作限制,例如第三请求消息可称为辅助数据请求(RequestAssistanceData)消息。第三请求消息可承载于LPP消息。另外,S700不是必须执行的步骤,因此,在图7中S700以虚线进行示意。Similar to S600a, when the terminal device needs to obtain the PRS resource configuration, it may request the PRS resource configuration supported by the network side device from the LMF, so as to reduce unnecessary sending of request messages for requesting PRS resources to the network side. The difference from S600a is that the third request message is used to request configuration of one or more sets of PRS resources. It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the third request message, for example, the third request message may be called an assistance data request (RequestAssistanceData) message. The third request message can be carried in the LPP message. In addition, S700 is not a step that must be executed, therefore, S700 is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 .
一种可能的实现方式,LMF接收到第三请求消息,可请求或触发网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息。S701a以此为例。在一些实施例中,如果LMF知道网络设备支持哪些套PRS资源配置,那么LMF可向终端设备发送第三指示信息,即LMF执行图7中的S701b。In a possible implementation manner, after receiving the third request message, the LMF may request or trigger the network device to send the third indication information to the terminal device. S701a takes this as an example. In some embodiments, if the LMF knows which sets of PRS resource configurations the network device supports, the LMF may send third indication information to the terminal device, that is, the LMF performs S701b in FIG. 7 .
S701b、LMF向终端设备发送第三指示信息,相应的,终端设备接收该第三指示信息。S701b. The LMF sends third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information.
应理解,在S701b之前,LMF可与网络设备进行信令交互,以从网络设备获取网络设备所支持的PRS资源配置。It should be understood that before S701b, the LMF may perform signaling interaction with the network device, so as to acquire the PRS resource configuration supported by the network device from the network device.
S700b、LMF向网络设备发送第三请求消息,相应的,网络设备接收该第三请求消息。S700b. The LMF sends a third request message to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the third request message.
S700b中第三请求消息与S600b中第二请求消息的作用、内容以及承载方式类似,具 体可参考S600b的相关内容,这里不再赘述相同。The function, content and bearer mode of the third request message in S700b are similar to those of the second request message in S600b. For details, please refer to the relevant content in S600b, and the same will not be repeated here.
S700c、网络设备向LMF发送第五指示信息,相应的,LMF接收该第五指示信息。S700c. The network device sends fifth indication information to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the fifth indication information.
第五指示信息的具体实现同第三指示信息的具体实现,具体可参考第三指示信息的相关内容,这里不再赘述。The specific implementation of the fifth indication information is the same as that of the third indication information, for details, reference may be made to the relevant content of the third indication information, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,S700b-S700c与S700以及S701a的执行是相互独立的,即S700b-S700c的执行顺序不受S700和S701a的限制。换句话说,S700b-S700c可在S700或S701a之前或之后执行。S701a和S701b择一执行即可,无需全部执行。例如可执行S701a,不执行S701b。或者,也执行S701b,不执行S701a。图7以执行S701a,不执行S701b为例,因此,在图7中S700b-S700c,以及S701b用虚线进行示意。当然S701a和S701b可都执行,S701a和S701b的执行顺序不作限制。It should be noted that the execution of S700b-S700c is independent of S700 and S701a, that is, the execution sequence of S700b-S700c is not limited by S700 and S701a. In other words, S700b-S700c can be executed before or after S700 or S701a. One of S701a and S701b can be executed, and there is no need to execute all of them. For example, S701a may be executed, but S701b may not be executed. Alternatively, S701b is also executed, and S701a is not executed. FIG. 7 takes execution of S701a and not execution of S701b as an example. Therefore, S700b-S700c and S701b are illustrated by dotted lines in FIG. 7 . Of course, both S701a and S701b can be executed, and the execution sequence of S701a and S701b is not limited.
S702、终端设备向LMF发送第四请求消息,相应的,LMF接收该第四请求消息。S702. The terminal device sends a fourth request message to the LMF, and correspondingly, the LMF receives the fourth request message.
第四请求消息可用于向LMF请求PRS资源配置。第四请求消息携带的内容可基于第三指示信息来确定,可认为终端设备是按需向LMF请求PRS资源配置。本申请实施例对第四请求消息的具体名称不作限制,例如第四请求消息可以为已定义的LPP消息,例如LPP ProvideAssistanceData)消息。或者,第四请求消息也可以为新定义的LPP消息,或者RRC消息,或者msg3消息,或者msgA消息。The fourth request message may be used to request the LMF for PRS resource configuration. The content carried in the fourth request message may be determined based on the third indication information, and it may be considered that the terminal device requests PRS resource configuration from the LMF on demand. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the fourth request message. For example, the fourth request message may be a defined LPP message, such as an LPP (ProvideAssistanceData) message. Alternatively, the fourth request message may also be a newly defined LPP message, or an RRC message, or a msg3 message, or a msgA message.
在不同的情况下,网络侧设备可配置不同的PRS资源配置。例如,针对不同的定位方法,网络侧设备可配置不同的PRS资源配置。同理,针对终端设备不同的RRC状态,网络侧设备也可以配置不同的PRS资源配置。针对不同的定位需求,网络设备也可以配置不同的PRS资源配置。定位需求包括如下的一种或多种:定位精度、定位时延、终端设备的功耗、定位可靠性以及定位置信度。定位置信度用于衡量对定位系统提供的位置相关数据准确性的信任度,以及当定位系统不满足预期操作条件时能够向定位服务(location service,LCS)客户端提供及时有效警告的能力。该置信度可认为是定位置信度(positioning integrity),也可称为定位完整性或定位完好性。In different situations, the network side device may configure different PRS resource configurations. For example, for different positioning methods, the network side device may configure different PRS resource configurations. Similarly, for different RRC states of the terminal device, the network side device may also configure different PRS resource configurations. For different positioning requirements, the network device may also be configured with different PRS resource configurations. Positioning requirements include one or more of the following: positioning accuracy, positioning delay, power consumption of terminal equipment, positioning reliability, and positioning reliability. Positioning reliability is used to measure the trust in the accuracy of location-related data provided by the positioning system and the ability to provide timely and effective warnings to location service (LCS) clients when the positioning system does not meet the expected operating conditions. The confidence can be regarded as positioning integrity, and can also be called positioning integrity or positioning integrity.
一种定位方法可对应至少一个标识信息,不同的定位方法对应的标识信息可部分不同或者全部不同。换句话说,不同的定位方法对应的PRS资源配置可相同或者不同。又例如,一种RRC状态可对应至少一个标识信息,不同的RRC状态对应的标识信息可部分不同或者全部不同。即终端设备的不同RRC状态对应的PRS资源配置可相同或不同。又例如,一种定位需求可对应至少一个标识信息,不同的定位需求对应的标识信息可部分不同或者全部不同。即不同的定位需求对应的PRS资源配置可相同或不同。A positioning method may correspond to at least one piece of identification information, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods may be partly or completely different. In other words, PRS resource configurations corresponding to different positioning methods may be the same or different. For another example, one RRC state may correspond to at least one piece of identification information, and the identification information corresponding to different RRC states may be partly or completely different. That is, the PRS resource configurations corresponding to different RRC states of the terminal equipment may be the same or different. For another example, a positioning requirement may correspond to at least one piece of identification information, and identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements may be partially or completely different. That is, PRS resource configurations corresponding to different positioning requirements may be the same or different.
终端设备可根据终端设备的RRC状态、定位方法或定位需求相应的PRS资源配置,以向网络侧设备请求合理的PRS资源配置,以满足终端设备实际的需求。终端设备的RRC状态、定位方法,或定位需求等等,可认为是请求PRS资源配置的一种或多种请求条件。每套PRS资源配置可关联一种或多种条件,本申请实施例对此不作限制。例如,每套PRS资源配置的请求条件可包括一种或多种定位需求。又例如,每套PRS资源配置的请求条件可包括定位方法和/或终端的RRC状态。终端设备根据自身满足的请求条件确定所要请求的PRS资源配置的标识信息。The terminal device can request a reasonable PRS resource configuration from the network side device according to the RRC state of the terminal device, the positioning method, or the corresponding PRS resource configuration according to the positioning requirements, so as to meet the actual needs of the terminal device. The RRC state, positioning method, or positioning requirement of the terminal equipment can be regarded as one or more request conditions for requesting PRS resource configuration. Each set of PRS resource configuration may be associated with one or more conditions, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, the request condition of each set of PRS resource configuration may include one or more positioning requirements. For another example, the request condition for each set of PRS resource configuration may include the positioning method and/or the RRC status of the terminal. The terminal device determines the identification information of the PRS resource configuration to be requested according to the request condition satisfied by itself.
例如,第四请求消息可包括要请求的PRS资源配置的标识信息,例如,一个或多个标识信息。如果第四请求消息包括多个标识信息,不同标识信息对应不同优先级。例如,这多个标识信息的优先级可按照多个标识信息的顺序默认从高到低,或者,这多个标识信息 的优先级也可以是终端设备指示的。例如,第四请求消息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息可用于指示多个标识信息的优先级。网络设备可综合来自多个终端设备的第四请求消息包括的多个标识信息,来为各个终端设备分配合理的PRS资源。For example, the fourth request message may include identification information of the PRS resource configuration to be requested, for example, one or more pieces of identification information. If the fourth request message includes multiple pieces of identification information, different pieces of identification information correspond to different priorities. For example, the priorities of the pieces of identification information may be from high to low by default according to the order of the pieces of identification information, or the priorities of the pieces of identification information may also be indicated by the terminal device. For example, the fourth request message includes second indication information, and the second indication information may be used to indicate priorities of pieces of identification information. The network device may combine multiple identification information included in the fourth request message from multiple terminal devices to allocate reasonable PRS resources for each terminal device.
示例性的,网络侧设备支持3套PRS资源配置,这3套PRS资源配置的标识信息分别为标识信息0,标识信息1,标识信息2。标识信息0标识的PRS资源配置适合下行定位方法,标识信息1标识的PRS资源配置适合上行定位方法,标识信息2标识的PRS资源配置适合上下行定位方法。如果终端设备使用下行定位方法,第四请求消息包括的第一标识信息可为标识信息0。如果终端设备使用上行定位方法,第四请求消息包括的第一标识信息可为标识信息1。Exemplarily, the network side device supports 3 sets of PRS resource configurations, and the identification information of the 3 sets of PRS resource configurations are identification information 0,
示例性的,网络侧设备支持3套PRS资源配置,这3套PRS资源配置的标识信息分别为标识信息0,标识信息1,标识信息2。标识信息0标识的PRS资源配置适合处于RRC连接态的终端设备,标识信息1标识的PRS资源配置适合RRC非激活态的终端设备,标识信息2标识的PRS资源配置适合RRC空闲态的终端设备。如果终端设备处于RRC空闲态,第四请求消息包括的第一标识信息可为标识信息2。如果终端设备处于RRC连接态,第四请求消息包括的第一标识信息可为标识信息0。Exemplarily, the network side device supports 3 sets of PRS resource configurations, and the identification information of the 3 sets of PRS resource configurations are identification information 0,
可以理解的是,适用于多个终端设备的PRS资源配置可通过网络设备以广播的方式发送。适用于特定终端设备的PRS资源配置可通过LMF以单播的方式发送。例如,某套PRS资源配置适用于各种RRC状态的终端设备,适用于不同的定位需求,或者适用于多种定位方法,例如可适用于上行定位方法、下行定位方法和上下行定位方法。这种情况下,该套PRS资源配置可以适用于多个终端设备,那么可以广播的方式发送,从而节省信令开销。It can be understood that the PRS resource configuration applicable to multiple terminal devices can be sent in a broadcast manner through the network device. The PRS resource configuration applicable to a specific terminal device can be sent in unicast through the LMF. For example, a certain set of PRS resource configuration is applicable to terminal devices in various RRC states, applicable to different positioning requirements, or applicable to multiple positioning methods, such as uplink positioning method, downlink positioning method and uplink and downlink positioning method. In this case, the set of PRS resource configurations can be applied to multiple terminal devices, and can be sent in a broadcast manner, thereby saving signaling overhead.
示例性的,网络侧设备支持5套PRS资源配置,这5套PRS资源配置的标识信息分别为标识信息0,标识信息1,标识信息2,标识信息3和标识信息4。标识信息0标识的PRS资源配置适合下行定位方法,标识信息1标识的PRS资源配置适合上行定位方法,标识信息2标识的PRS资源配置适合上下行定位方法。标识信息3和标识信息4分别标识的PRS资源配置适用于多种定位方法,例如上行定位方法、下行定位方法和上下行定位方法。这种情况下,标识信息0或标识信息1或标识信息2标识的PRS资源配置可通过LMF以单播的方式发送。标识信息3和标识信息4分别标识的PRS资源配置可通过网络设备以广播的方式发送。这样如果存在定位方法不同的多个终端设备,该多个终端设备可请求标识信息3或标识信息4标识的PRS资源配置。无需网络设备将标识信息3和标识信息4分别标识的PRS资源配置分别发送给多个终端设备,从而可节约信令开销。一种可能的实现方式,网络设备广播的PRS资源配置的有效时间较长,即在较长时间内终端设备可请求网络设备广播的PRS资源配置。Exemplarily, the network side device supports 5 sets of PRS resource configurations, and the identification information of these 5 sets of PRS resource configurations are identification information 0,
S703a、LMF向终端设备发送第二响应消息,相应的,终端设备接收该第二响应消息。S703a. The LMF sends a second response message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second response message.
S703b、网络设备向终端设备发送第二响应消息,相应的,终端设备接收该第二响应消息。S703b. The network device sends a second response message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second response message.
LMF接收到第四请求消息,如果LMF知道网络设备支持哪些套PRS资源配置。LMF可向终端设备发送针对第四请求消息的响应消息,例如第二响应消息。即LMF可执行S703a。如果LMF不知道网络设备支持哪些套PRS资源配置,LMF可向网络设备发送触发指示,以指示网络设备向终端设备发送第二响应消息。需要说明的是,本申请实施例对第二响应消息的具体名称不作限制。例如,第二响应消息可称为按需定位参考信号辅助数据响应消 息。与第三指示信息类似,如果LMF向终端设备发送第二响应消息,那么第二响应消息可承载于LPP信令。如果网络设备向终端设备发送第二响应消息,那么第二响应消息可承载于SIB,或pos SIB,或RRC消息。需要说明的是,S703a和S703b择一执行即可,无需全部执行。例如可执行S703a,不执行S703b。或者,也执行S703b,不执行S703a。图7以执行S703a,不执行S703b为例,因此,在图7中S703b用虚线进行示意。当然S703a和S703b可都执行,S703a和S703b的执行顺序不作限制。When the LMF receives the fourth request message, if the LMF knows which sets of PRS resource configurations the network equipment supports. The LMF may send a response message to the fourth request message, such as a second response message, to the terminal device. That is, the LMF can execute S703a. If the LMF does not know which sets of PRS resource configurations the network device supports, the LMF may send a trigger indication to the network device to instruct the network device to send the second response message to the terminal device. It should be noted that, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the second response message. For example, the second response message may be referred to as an on-demand positioning reference signal assistance data response message. Similar to the third indication information, if the LMF sends the second response message to the terminal device, the second response message may be carried in the LPP signaling. If the network device sends the second response message to the terminal device, the second response message may be carried in the SIB, or the pos SIB, or the RRC message. It should be noted that, one of S703a and S703b may be executed, and there is no need to execute both of them. For example, S703a may be executed, and S703b may not be executed. Alternatively, S703b is also executed, and S703a is not executed. FIG. 7 is an example in which S703a is executed but S703b is not executed. Therefore, S703b is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 . Of course, both S703a and S703b can be executed, and the execution sequence of S703a and S703b is not limited.
应理解,如果存在多个终端设备,这多个终端设备中没有终端设备有特别定位需求,那么网络设备可为这多个终端设备配置同样的PRS资源配置。网络设备通过广播就可为多个终端设备发送PRS资源配置。如果这多个终端设备中存在有特别定位需求的终端设备,那么网络设备可为该终端设备配置专属的PRS资源配置,为其他多个终端设备配置相同的PRS资源配置。这种情况下,网络设备通过广播的方式为多个终端设备发送通用的配置信息。针对有特别定位需求的终端设备,网络设备可另外发送针对该终端设备的配置信息,从而节省信令开销。It should be understood that, if there are multiple terminal devices, and none of the multiple terminal devices has a special positioning requirement, the network device may configure the same PRS resource configuration for the multiple terminal devices. The network device can send the PRS resource configuration to multiple terminal devices by broadcasting. If there is a terminal device with special positioning requirements among the multiple terminal devices, the network device can configure a dedicated PRS resource configuration for the terminal device, and configure the same PRS resource configuration for other multiple terminal devices. In this case, the network device sends common configuration information to multiple terminal devices by broadcasting. For a terminal device with special positioning requirements, the network device may additionally send configuration information for the terminal device, thereby saving signaling overhead.
本申请实施例中,网络侧设备通过PRS资源配置的标识信息来指示网络侧设备所支持的PRS资源配置。可适用于支持终端设备或LMF可请求有限套(数量较少)PRS资源配置的情况,对目前定位流程协议影响较小,且可降低用于发送PRS资源配置的信令开销。由于终端设备向网络侧设备请求的是整套PRS资源配置,无需网络侧设备分析终端设备请求的是哪些配置参数,可降低网络侧设备的复杂度。In the embodiment of the present application, the network side device indicates the PRS resource configuration supported by the network side device through the identification information of the PRS resource configuration. It is applicable to the situation where the terminal device or the LMF can request a limited set (small number) of PRS resource configuration, has little impact on the current positioning procedure protocol, and can reduce the signaling overhead for sending the PRS resource configuration. Since the terminal device requests a whole set of PRS resource configuration from the network side device, the network side device does not need to analyze which configuration parameters the terminal device requests, which can reduce the complexity of the network side device.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,从终端设备、网络设备和位置管理设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。其中,网络设备执行的步骤也可以由不同的通信装置来分别实现。例如:第一装置用于根据生成第一指示信息,第二装置用于发送第一指示信息,也就是说第一装置和第二装置共同完成本申请实施例中网络设备执行的步骤,本申请不限定具体的划分方式。当网络架构中包括一个或多个分布单元(distributed unit,DU)、一个或多个集中单元(centralized unit,CU)和一个或多个射频单元(RU)时,上述网络设备执行的步骤可以分别由DU、CU和RU来实现。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,终端设备和网络设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the above-mentioned embodiments provided in the present application, the method provided in the embodiments of the present application is introduced from the perspective of interaction among the terminal device, the network device, and the location management device. Wherein, the steps performed by the network device may also be respectively implemented by different communication devices. For example: the first device is used to generate the first instruction information, and the second device is used to send the first instruction information, that is to say, the first device and the second device jointly complete the steps performed by the network device in the embodiment of this application. The specific division method is not limited. When the network architecture includes one or more distributed units (distributed unit, DU), one or more centralized units (centralized unit, CU) and one or more radio frequency units (RU), the steps performed by the above network equipment can be respectively It is realized by DU, CU and RU. In order to realize the various functions in the method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application, the terminal device and the network device may include a hardware structure and/or a software module, and realize the above-mentioned functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module . Whether one of the above-mentioned functions is executed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
基于与方法实施例的同一发明构思,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置。下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的通信装置。Based on the same inventive concept as the method embodiment, this embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The following describes the communication device used to implement the above method in the embodiment of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings.
如图8所示,为本申请所涉及的通信装置的一种可能的示例性框图,该通信装置800可以对应实现上述各个方法实施例中由终端设备或网络设备或位置管理设备实现的功能或者步骤。该通信装置可以包括收发模块801和处理模块802。可选的,还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块可以用于存储指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据。收发模块801和处理模块802可以与该存储模块耦合,例如,处理模块802可以读取存储模块中的指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据,以实现相应的方法。上述各个模块可以独立设置,也可以部分或者全部集成。As shown in FIG. 8 , it is a possible exemplary block diagram of a communication device involved in this application. The
应理解,处理模块802可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP),专 用集成电路(application specific integrated circuits,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包括一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。收发模块801是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该收发模块801是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路,或者,是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。It should be understood that the
该通信装置800可以为上述实施例中的网络设备、终端设备、位置管理设备,还可以为用于网络设备、终端设备、位置管理设备的芯片。例如,当通信装置800为网络设备、终端设备或位置管理设备时,该处理模块802例如可以是处理器,该收发模块801例如可以是收发器。可选的,该收发器可以包括射频电路,该存储单元例如可以是存储器。例如,当通信装置800为用于网络设备、终端设备或位置管理设备的芯片时,该处理模块802例如可以是处理器,该收发模块801例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理模块802可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,可选地,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该网络设备、终端设备或位置管理设备内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。The
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置800能够对应实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置800可以为终端设备,也可以为应用于终端设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块801可以用于支持终端设备与其他网络实体的通信,例如支持终端设备与图6或图7所示的网络设备和/或位置管理设备等之间的通信。处理模块802用于对终端设备的动作进行控制管理,例如处理模块802用于支持终端设备执行图6或图7中终端设备除收发之外的全部操作。In some possible implementation manners, the
例如,收发模块801可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图6所示的实施例中的S600a、S601a、S601b、S602、S603a、以及S603b,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理模块802用于执行如图6所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the
在一些实施例中,收发模块801用于接收来自网络设备或位置管理功能的第一指示信息。收发模块801还用于向网络设备或位置管理功能发送第一请求消息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示用于配置定位参考信号的资源的至少一个配置参数,以及这至少一个配置参数分别对应的第一取值集合。第一请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置。该第一请求消息包括第一配置参数,第一配置参数属于至少一个配置参数。In some embodiments, the
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息还包括如下信息中的一项或多项:第一信息、第二信息以及第三信息。其中,第一信息用于指示第一取值集合的有效时间。第二信息用于指示是否支持至少两种配置参数进行组合。第三信息用于指示是否允许第一取值集合以外的取值。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, and third information. Wherein, the first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set. The second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported. The third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息承载于SIB、Pos SIB、RRC消息或LPP信令。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information is carried in the SIB, Pos SIB, RRC message or LPP signaling.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合是第一配置参数的第一取值集合的子集。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. The second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合与第一配置参数的第一取值集合不存在交集。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is no intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合与第一配置参数的第一取值集合存在交集。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is an intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第四信息。第四信息用于指示所述至少一个配置参数分别对应的多个取值集合,其中,不同取值集合的优先级不同。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes fourth information. The fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息还用于指示多个取值集合的优先级。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message is also used to indicate priorities of multiple value sets.
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于向网络设备或位置管理设备发送第二请求消息。该第二请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的配置参数。As an optional implementation manner, the
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于接收来自网络设备或位置管理设备的第一响应消息。其中,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第一资源配置。该第一资源配置包括第一配置参数,且第一配置参数的取值满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第二资源配置和错误指示。第二资源配置包括第一配置参数,且第一配置参数的取值与第一请求消息中第一配置参数的取值不同。错误指示用于指示第一配置参数不满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息用于指示未能满足第一请求消息。As an optional implementation manner, the
又例如,收发模块801可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图7所示的实施例中的S700、S701a(和/或S701b)、S702,以及S703a(和/或703b),和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理模块802用于执行如图7所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the
在一些实施例中,收发模块801用于接收来自网络设备或位置管理功能的第三指示信息,以及向网络设备或位置管理功能发送第四请求消息。其中,第三指示信息包括一个或多个标识信息,一个标识信息用于指示定位参考信号的一套资源配置。第四请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置。In some embodiments, the
作为一种可选的实现方式,第三指示信息承载于SIB、Pos SIB、RRC消息或LPP信令。As an optional implementation manner, the third indication information is carried in the SIB, Pos SIB, RRC message or LPP signaling.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第四请求消息包括第一标识信息。其中,第一标识信息与第一定位方法对应。第一定位方法为终端设备当前使用的定位方法,不同的定位方法对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。或者,第一标识信息与终端设备的RRC状态对应。不同的RRC状态对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。或者,第一标识信息与终端设备的至少一个定位需求对应,不同的定位需求对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。定位需求包括如下的一种或多种:定位精度、定位时延、终端设备的功耗、定位可靠性、置信度。As an optional implementation manner, the fourth request message includes the first identification information. Wherein, the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method. The first positioning method is a positioning method currently used by the terminal device, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods is partially or completely different. Or, the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device. The identification information corresponding to different RRC states is partly or completely different. Alternatively, the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement of the terminal device, and part or all of the identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements is different. Positioning requirements include one or more of the following: positioning accuracy, positioning delay, power consumption of terminal equipment, positioning reliability, and confidence.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置800能够对应实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置800可以为网络设备,也可以为应用于网络设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块801可以用于支持网络设备与其他网络实体的通信,例如支持网络设备与图6或图7所示的终端设备或位置管理设备之间的通信。处理模块802用于对网络设备的动作进行控制管理,例如处理模块802用于支持网络设备执行图6或图7除收 发之外的全部操作。In some possible implementation manners, the
例如,收发模块801可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图6所示的实施例中的S601a、S600b、S600c、S603b,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理模块802用于执行如图6所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the
在一些实施例中,收发模块801用于发送第一指示信息,以及接收来自终端设备或位置管理设备的第一请求消息。第一指示信息用于指示用于配置定位参考信号的资源的至少一个配置参数,以及至少一个配置参数分别对应的第一取值集合。第一请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置。该第一请求消息包括第一配置参数,第一配置参数属于至少一个配置参数。In some embodiments, the
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息还包括如下信息中的一项或多项:第一信息、第二信息以及第三信息。其中,第一信息用于指示第一取值集合的有效时间。第二信息用于指示是否支持至少两种配置参数进行组合。第三信息用于指示是否允许第一取值集合以外的取值。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, and third information. Wherein, the first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set. The second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported. The third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息承载于SIB、Pos SIB、RRC消息或LPP信令。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information is carried in the SIB, Pos SIB, RRC message or LPP signaling.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合是第一配置参数的第一取值集合的子集。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. The second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合与第一配置参数的第一取值集合不存在交集。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is no intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合与第一配置参数的第一取值集合存在交集。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is an intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第四信息。第四信息用于指示所述至少一个配置参数分别对应的多个取值集合,其中,不同取值集合的优先级不同。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes fourth information. The fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息还用于指示多个取值集合的优先级。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message is also used to indicate priorities of multiple value sets.
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于接收来自终端设备或位置管理设备的第二请求消息。该第二请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的配置参数。As an optional implementation manner, the
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于向终端设备发送第一响应消息。其中,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第一资源配置。该第一资源配置包括第一配置参数,且第一配置参数的取值满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第二资源配置和错误指示。第二资源配置包括第一配置参数,且第一配置参数的取值与第一请求消息中第一配置参数的取值不同。错误指示用于指示第一配置参数不满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息用于指示未能满足第一请求消息。As an optional implementation manner, the
又例如,收发模块801可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图7所示的实施例中的S701a、S703b,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理模块802用于执行如图7所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the
在一些实施例中,收发模块801用于发送第三指示信息,以及接收来自位置管理设备的第四请求消息。第三指示信息包括一个或多个标识信息,其中,一个标识信息用于指示 定位参考信号的一套资源配置。第四请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置。In some embodiments, the
作为一种可选的实现方式,第三指示信息承载于SIB、Pos SIB、RRC消息或LPP信令。As an optional implementation manner, the third indication information is carried in the SIB, Pos SIB, RRC message or LPP signaling.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第四请求消息包括第一标识信息。其中,第一标识信息与第一定位方法对应。第一定位方法为终端设备当前使用的定位方法,不同的定位方法对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。或者,第一标识信息与终端设备的RRC状态对应。不同的RRC状态对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。或者,第一标识信息与终端设备的至少一个定位需求对应,不同的定位需求对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。定位需求包括如下的一种或多种:定位精度、定位时延、终端设备的功耗、定位可靠性、置信度。As an optional implementation manner, the fourth request message includes the first identification information. Wherein, the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method. The first positioning method is a positioning method currently used by the terminal device, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods is partially or completely different. Or, the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device. The identification information corresponding to different RRC states is partly or completely different. Alternatively, the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement of the terminal device, and part or all of the identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements is different. Positioning requirements include one or more of the following: positioning accuracy, positioning delay, power consumption of terminal equipment, positioning reliability, and confidence.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置800能够对应实现上述方法实施例中位置管理设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置800可以为位置管理设备,也可以为应用于位置管理设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块801可以用于支持位置管理设备与其他网络实体的通信,例如支持网络设备与图6或图7所示的终端设备或网络设备之间的通信。处理模块802用于对位置管理设备的动作进行控制管理,例如处理模块802用于支持位置管理设备执行图6或图7除收发之外的全部操作。In some possible implementation manners, the
例如,收发模块801可以用于执行图6所示的实施例中由位置管理设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图6所示的实施例中的S600a、S600b、S600c、S601b、S602、S603a,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理模块802用于执行如图6所示的实施例中由位置管理设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the
在一些实施例中,收发模块801用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息,以及接收来自终端设备的第一请求消息。第一指示信息用于指示用于配置定位参考信号的资源的至少一个配置参数,以及至少一个配置参数分别对应的第一取值集合。第一请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置。该第一请求消息包括第一配置参数,第一配置参数属于至少一个配置参数。In some embodiments, the
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息还包括如下信息中的一项或多项:第一信息、第二信息以及第三信息。其中,第一信息用于指示第一取值集合的有效时间。第二信息用于指示是否支持至少两种配置参数进行组合。第三信息用于指示是否允许第一取值集合以外的取值。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information further includes one or more items of the following information: first information, second information, and third information. Wherein, the first information is used to indicate the valid time of the first value set. The second information is used to indicate whether combination of at least two configuration parameters is supported. The third information is used to indicate whether to allow values other than the first value set.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一指示信息承载于SIB、Pos SIB、RRC消息或LPP信令。As an optional implementation manner, the first indication information is carried in the SIB, Pos SIB, RRC message or LPP signaling.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合是第一配置参数的第一取值集合的子集。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. The second value set of the first configuration parameter is a subset of the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合与第一配置参数的第一取值集合不存在交集。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is no intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第一配置参数的第二取值集合。第一配置参数的第二取值集合与第一配置参数的第一取值集合存在交集。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes the second value set of the first configuration parameter. There is an intersection between the second value set of the first configuration parameter and the first value set of the first configuration parameter.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息包括第四信息。第四信息用于指示所述至少一个配置参数分别对应的多个取值集合,其中,不同取值集合的优先级不同。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message includes fourth information. The fourth information is used to indicate multiple value sets respectively corresponding to the at least one configuration parameter, where different value sets have different priorities.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一请求消息还用于指示多个取值集合的优先级。As an optional implementation manner, the first request message is further used to indicate priorities of multiple value sets.
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于向网络设备发送第二请求消息。该第二请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的配置参数。As an optional implementation manner, the
作为一种可选的实现方式,收发模块801还用于向终端设备发送第一响应消息。其中,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第一资源配置。该第一资源配置包括第一配置参数,且第一配置参数的取值满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息包括定位参考信号的第二资源配置和错误指示。第二资源配置包括第一配置参数,且第一配置参数的取值与第一请求消息中第一配置参数的取值不同。错误指示用于指示第一配置参数不满足第一请求消息。或者,第一响应消息用于指示未能满足第一请求消息。As an optional implementation manner, the
又例如,收发模块801可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由位置管理设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图7所示的实施例中的S700、S701b、S702、S703a,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理模块802用于执行如图7所示的实施例中由位置管理设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, the
在一些实施例中,收发模块801用于发送第三指示信息,并接收来自终端设备的第四请求消息。第三指示信息包括一个或多个标识信息,其中,一个标识信息用于指示定位参考信号的一套资源配置。第四请求消息用于请求定位参考信号的资源配置。In some embodiments, the
作为一种可选的实现方式,第三指示信息承载于RRC消息或LPP信令。As an optional implementation manner, the third indication information is carried in an RRC message or LPP signaling.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第四请求消息包括第一标识信息。其中,第一标识信息与第一定位方法对应。第一定位方法为终端设备当前使用的定位方法,不同的定位方法对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。或者,第一标识信息与终端设备的RRC状态对应。不同的RRC状态对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。或者,第一标识信息与终端设备的至少一个定位需求对应,不同的定位需求对应的标识信息部分不同或者全部不同。定位需求包括如下的一种或多种:定位精度、定位时延、终端设备的功耗、定位可靠性、置信度。As an optional implementation manner, the fourth request message includes the first identification information. Wherein, the first identification information corresponds to the first positioning method. The first positioning method is a positioning method currently used by the terminal device, and identification information corresponding to different positioning methods is partially or completely different. Or, the first identification information corresponds to the RRC state of the terminal device. The identification information corresponding to different RRC states is partly or completely different. Alternatively, the first identification information corresponds to at least one positioning requirement of the terminal device, and part or all of the identification information corresponding to different positioning requirements is different. Positioning requirements include one or more of the following: positioning accuracy, positioning delay, power consumption of terminal equipment, positioning reliability, and confidence.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块802可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块801可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。It should be understood that the
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,具体的,通信系统包括网络设备和终端设备以及位置管理设备,或者还可以包括更多个网络设备、多个终端设备和更多个位置管理设备。示例性的,该通信系统包括用于实现上述图6实施例的相关功能的网络设备和终端设备以及位置管理设备。网络设备分别用于实现本申请实施例相关网络设备部分的功能,例如用于实现上述图6所示实施例相关网络设备部分的功能。所述终端设备用于实现本申请实施例相关终端设备部分的功能,例如用于实现上述图6所示实施例相关终端设备的功能。所述位置管理设备用于实现上述图6相关位置管理设备部分的功能。具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system. Specifically, the communication system includes a network device, a terminal device, and a location management device, or may further include more network devices, multiple terminal devices, and more location management devices. Exemplarily, the communication system includes a network device, a terminal device, and a location management device for implementing related functions of the embodiment in FIG. 6 above. The network devices are respectively used to realize the functions of the relevant network devices in the embodiments of the present application, for example, to realize the functions of the relevant network devices in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 above. The terminal device is used to realize the functions of the relevant terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, for example, to realize the functions of the relevant terminal device in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 6 . The location management device is used to implement the functions of the part of the location management device in FIG. 6 above. For details, please refer to relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
示例性的,该通信系统包括用于实现上述图7实施例的相关功能的网络设备和终端设备以及位置管理设备。网络设备分别用于实现本申请实施例相关网络设备部分的功能,例如用于实现上述图7所示实施例相关网络设备部分的功能。所述终端设备用于实现本申请实施例相关终端设备部分的功能,例如用于实现上述图7所示实施例相关终端设备的功能。所述位置管理设备用于实现上述图7相关位置管理设备部分的功能。具体请参考上述方法 实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。Exemplarily, the communication system includes a network device, a terminal device, and a location management device for implementing related functions of the embodiment in FIG. 7 above. The network devices are respectively used to realize the functions of the related network devices in the embodiments of the present application, for example, to realize the functions of the related network devices in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 7 . The terminal device is used to realize the functions of the relevant terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, for example, to realize the functions of the relevant terminal device in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 7 . The location management device is used to implement the functions of the part of the location management device in FIG. 7 above. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions in the above method embodiments, and details will not be repeated here.
如图9所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置900,其中,通信装置900可以是网络设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备的功能,或者,通信装置900可以是终端设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备的功能;或者,通信装置900可以是定位管理设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中位置管理设备的功能;或者,通信装置900也可以是能够支持网络设备或终端设备或位置管理设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置。其中,该通信装置900可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。As shown in Figure 9, it is a communication device 900 provided by the embodiment of the present application, wherein the communication device 900 may be a network device capable of realizing the functions of the network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, or the communication device 900 may be a terminal device , which can realize the function of the terminal device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; or, the communication device 900 can be a location management device, which can realize the function of the location management device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; or, the communication device 900 can also It is an apparatus capable of supporting a network device or a terminal device or a location management device to implement corresponding functions in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Wherein, the communication device 900 may be a system on a chip. In the embodiment of the present application, the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
在硬件实现上,上述收发模块801可以为收发器,收发器集成在通信装置900中构成通信接口910。In terms of hardware implementation, the
通信装置900包括至少一个处理器920,处理器920可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路,用于实现或用于支持通信装置900实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备或终端或定位管理设备的功能。具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。The communication device 900 includes at least one
通信装置900还可以包括至少一个存储器930,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器930和处理器920耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器920可能和存储器930协同操作。处理器920可能执行存储器930中存储的程序指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置900实现相应的方法。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器920中。The communication device 900 may also include at least one
通信装置900还可以包括通信接口910,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络,如RAN,无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN),有线接入网等通信。该通信接口910用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信,从而用于通信装置900中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地,当该通信装置900为网络设备时,该其它设备为终端设备或位置管理功能;或者,当该通信装置为终端设备时,该其它设备为网络设备或位置管理功能。处理器920可以利用通信接口910收发数据。通信接口910具体可以是收发器。The communication device 900 may also include a
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口910、处理器920以及存储器930之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图9中以存储器930、处理器920以及通信接口910之间通过总线940连接,总线在图9中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图9中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。In this embodiment of the present application, a specific connection medium among the
在本申请实施例中,处理器920可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiment of the present application, the
存储器930可以是ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路940与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。
其中,存储器930用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器920来控制执行。处理器920用于执行存储器930中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请上述实施例提供的通信方法。Wherein, the
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
需要说明的是,上述实施例中的通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当通信装置是终端设备时,收发模块可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块可以是处理器,例如:中央处理模块(central processing unit,CPU)。当通信装置是具有上述终端设备功能的部件时,收发模块可以是射频单元,处理模块可以是处理器。当通信装置是芯片系统时,该通信装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用ASIC,还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是CPU,还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。处理模块802可以是芯片系统的处理器。收发模块801或通信接口可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口或接口电路。例如,接口电路可以为代码/数据读写接口电路。所述接口电路,可以用于接收代码指令(代码指令存储在存储器中,可以直接从存储器读取,或也可以经过其他器件从存储器读取)并传输至处理器;处理器可以用于运行所述代码指令以执行上述方法实施例中的方法。又例如,接口电路也可以为通信处理器与收发机之间的信号传输接口电路。It should be noted that the communication device in the above embodiments may be a terminal device or a circuit, or may be a chip applied in the terminal device or other combined devices or components having the functions of the above-mentioned terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the transceiver module may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., and the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU). When the communication device is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned terminal equipment, the transceiver module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module may be a processor. When the communication device is a chip system, the communication device may be a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), a dedicated ASIC, a system on chip (SoC), or a CPU. It can also be a network processor (network processor, NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), it can also be a microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU), it can also be a programmable controller ( programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips. The
示例性的,上述实施例中的通信装置可为芯片,该芯片包括逻辑电路和输入输出接口,还可以包括存储器。其中,输入输出接口可以用于接收代码指令(代码指令存储在存储器中,可以直接从存储器读取,或也可以经过其他器件从存储器读取)并传输至所述逻辑电路;所述逻辑电路,可以用于运行所述代码指令以执行上述方法实施例中的方法。或者,输入输出接口也可以为逻辑电路与收发机之间的信号传输接口电路。Exemplarily, the communication device in the foregoing embodiments may be a chip, and the chip may include a logic circuit, an input/output interface, and may also include a memory. Wherein, the input-output interface can be used to receive code instructions (the code instructions are stored in the memory, can be read directly from the memory, or can also be read from the memory through other devices) and transmitted to the logic circuit; the logic circuit, It can be used to run the code instructions to execute the methods in the above method embodiments. Alternatively, the input and output interface may also be a signal transmission interface circuit between the logic circuit and the transceiver.
图10示出了一种简化的通信装置的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图10中,以通信装置是基站作为例子。该基站可应用于如图2-图5所示的系统中,可以为图2-图5中的网络设备,执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。Fig. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified communication device. For ease of understanding and illustration, in FIG. 10 , it is taken that the communication device is a base station as an example. The base station can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 2-FIG. 5, and can be the network device in FIG. 2-FIG. 5, and execute the function of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
该通信装置1000可包括收发器1010、存储器1021以及处理器1022。该收发器1010可以用于通信装置进行通信,如用于发送或接收上述指示信息等。该存储器1021与所述处理器1022耦合,可用于保存通信装置1000实现各功能所必要的程序和数据。该处理器1022被配置为支持通信装置1000执行上述方法中相应的功能,所述功能可通过调用存储器1021存储的程序实现。The communication device 1000 may include a
具体的,该收发器1010可以是无线收发器,可用于支持通信装置1000通过无线空口进行接收和发送信令和/或数据。收发器1010也可被称为收发单元或通信单元,收发器1010 可包括一个或多个射频单元1012以及一个或多个天线1011,其中,射频单元如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)或者有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU),具体可用于射频信号的传输以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,该一个或多个天线具体可用于进行射频信号的辐射和接收。可选的,收发器1010可以仅包括以上射频单元,则此时通信装置1000可包括收发器1010、存储器1021、处理器1022以及天线。Specifically, the
存储器1021以及处理器1022可集成于一体也可相互独立。如图10所示,可将存储器1021以及处理器1022集成于通信装置1000的控制单元1020。示例性的,控制单元1020可包括LTE基站的基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),基带单元也可称为数字单元(digital unit,DU),或者,该控制单元1020可包括5G和未来无线接入技术下基站中的分布式单元(distribute unit,DU)和/或集中单元(centralized unit,CU)。上述控制单元1020可由一个或多个天线面板构成,其中,多个天线面板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网络),多个天线面板也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网络,5G网络或其他网络)。所述存储器1021和处理器1022可以服务于一个或多个天线面板。也就是说,可以每个天线面板上单独设置存储器1021和处理器1022。也可以是多个天线面板共用相同的存储器1021和处理器1022。此外每个天线面板上可以设置有必要的电路,如,该电路可用于实现存储器1021以及处理器1022的耦合。以上收发器1010、处理器1022以及存储器1021之间可通过总线(bus)结构和/或其他连接介质实现连接。The
基于图10所示结构,当通信装置1000需要发送数据时,处理器1022可对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频单元,射频单元将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式进行发送。当有数据发送到通信装置1000时,射频单元通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器1022,处理器1022将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。Based on the structure shown in FIG. 10, when the communication device 1000 needs to send data, the
基于如图10所示结构,收发器1010可用于执行以上由收发模块801所执行的步骤。和/或,处理器1022可用于调用存储器1021中的指令以执行以上由处理模块802所执行的步骤。Based on the structure shown in FIG. 10 , the
图11示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图11中,该终端设备以手机作为例子。如图11所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对该车载单元进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的设备可以不具有输入输出装置。Fig. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device. For ease of understanding and illustration, in FIG. 11 , the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example. As shown in FIG. 11 , the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used for processing the communication protocol and communication data, controlling the on-board unit, executing software programs, and processing data of the software programs. Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到该设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图11中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. When data is sent to the device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of illustration, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 11 . In an actual device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. A memory may also be called a storage medium or a storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为该装置的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为该装置的处理单元。如图11所示,该装置包括收发单元1110和处理单元1120。收发单元1110也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元1120也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1111中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1110中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1110包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元1110有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit having the function of transmitting and receiving can be regarded as the transmitting and receiving unit of the device, and the processor having the function of processing can be regarded as the processing unit of the device. As shown in FIG. 11 , the device includes a
应理解,收发单元1110用于执行上述方法实施例中终端侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元1120用于执行上述方法实施例中终端上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the
当该通信装置为芯片类的装置或者电路时,该装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,所述收发单元可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口;处理单元为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip-like device or circuit, the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit and/or a communication interface; the processing unit is an integrated processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图6或图7中网络设备、终端设备或位置管理设备执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method performed by the network device, terminal device or location management device in FIG. 6 or 7 .
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图6或图7中网络设备、终端设备或位置管理设备执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method performed by the network device, terminal device, or location management device in FIG. 6 or 7 .
本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述方法中网络设备、终端设备和位置管理设备的功能。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。An embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, configured to implement the functions of the network device, the terminal device, and the location management device in the foregoing method. The system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
本申请实施例提供的方法中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,简称DSL)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,简称DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,SSD)等。The methods provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present invention will be generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. integrated with one or more available media. The available medium can be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), optical media (for example, digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD for short)), or semiconductor media (for example, SSD).
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.
Claims (30)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202110898336.4 | 2021-08-05 | ||
| CN202110898336.4A CN115715005A (en) | 2021-08-05 | 2021-08-05 | Communication method and communication device |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2023011187A1 true WO2023011187A1 (en) | 2023-02-09 |
Family
ID=85155124
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2022/106793 Ceased WO2023011187A1 (en) | 2021-08-05 | 2022-07-20 | Communication method and communication apparatus |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN115715005A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2023011187A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2024208096A1 (en) * | 2023-04-07 | 2024-10-10 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Method and apparatus for transmitting sounding reference signal for positioning |
| CN119012340A (en) * | 2023-05-19 | 2024-11-22 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Information processing method, device, equipment and readable storage medium |
| CN120282266A (en) * | 2025-06-10 | 2025-07-08 | 荣耀终端股份有限公司 | Positioning method, positioning device, readable storage medium and chip system |
Families Citing this family (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN116648987A (en) * | 2023-03-24 | 2023-08-25 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Method and device for configuring reference signals |
| WO2024197912A1 (en) * | 2023-03-31 | 2024-10-03 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Information transmission method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium |
| CN119096568A (en) * | 2023-04-06 | 2024-12-06 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Information synchronization method and device for positioning function based on artificial intelligence |
| CN117223353A (en) * | 2023-07-20 | 2023-12-12 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Resource allocation method and device and storage medium |
| CN120456306A (en) * | 2024-02-08 | 2025-08-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method, device and system |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN110536439A (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2019-12-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method, apparatus, user equipment, base station and the storage medium of resource distribution |
| US20200154240A1 (en) * | 2018-10-31 | 2020-05-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and systems for on-demand transmission of a positioning reference signal in a wireless network |
| US20200236644A1 (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2020-07-23 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Network node, wireless device and methods performed therein for managing positioning of the wireless device |
| CN111555853A (en) * | 2018-04-02 | 2020-08-18 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Method and equipment for transmitting configuration information and method and equipment for receiving configuration information |
| CN112438064A (en) * | 2018-07-19 | 2021-03-02 | 高通股份有限公司 | On-demand Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) |
-
2021
- 2021-08-05 CN CN202110898336.4A patent/CN115715005A/en active Pending
-
2022
- 2022-07-20 WO PCT/CN2022/106793 patent/WO2023011187A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20200236644A1 (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2020-07-23 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Network node, wireless device and methods performed therein for managing positioning of the wireless device |
| CN111555853A (en) * | 2018-04-02 | 2020-08-18 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Method and equipment for transmitting configuration information and method and equipment for receiving configuration information |
| CN112438064A (en) * | 2018-07-19 | 2021-03-02 | 高通股份有限公司 | On-demand Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) |
| US20200154240A1 (en) * | 2018-10-31 | 2020-05-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and systems for on-demand transmission of a positioning reference signal in a wireless network |
| CN110536439A (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2019-12-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method, apparatus, user equipment, base station and the storage medium of resource distribution |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2024208096A1 (en) * | 2023-04-07 | 2024-10-10 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Method and apparatus for transmitting sounding reference signal for positioning |
| CN119012340A (en) * | 2023-05-19 | 2024-11-22 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Information processing method, device, equipment and readable storage medium |
| CN120282266A (en) * | 2025-06-10 | 2025-07-08 | 荣耀终端股份有限公司 | Positioning method, positioning device, readable storage medium and chip system |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN115715005A (en) | 2023-02-24 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2023011187A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
| AU2020220479B2 (en) | Communication method, terminal device and core network device | |
| US9730249B2 (en) | Systems, apparatuses, and methods for processing random acccess response messages for coverage constrained devices | |
| JP7690604B2 (en) | Method, device and system for instructing non-simultaneous transmission and reception function | |
| US20210194662A1 (en) | Full-duplex data transmission method and apparatus | |
| EP4436303A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus and system based on target wake time | |
| US20230049532A1 (en) | Random access method and terminal device | |
| US20250024404A1 (en) | Communication method, terminal device, and core network device | |
| WO2022206523A1 (en) | Paging method and apparatus | |
| EP4333490A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus for acquiring load information | |
| US20200322786A1 (en) | Information transmission method and device | |
| WO2022147800A1 (en) | Location information transmission method and apparatus | |
| EP4329340A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting system information (si) | |
| CN116634351A (en) | Communication method and communication device | |
| EP4408046A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
| CN117598006A (en) | Method and device for sideline communication | |
| JP7765641B2 (en) | Cell reselection method and related device | |
| US20250184090A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2025162147A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus and system | |
| WO2024160072A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2025031198A1 (en) | Communication methods and apparatuses | |
| WO2024067186A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| CN118785106A (en) | A communication method and device | |
| WO2021026835A1 (en) | System information acquisition method, and sending method and apparatus |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22851901 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 22851901 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |